Who Is the Rich Man That Is Saved?
The whole work on one page. Select a passage number to open that passage with its notes, Scripture references, and citation.
Chapter 1
1.1Stählin 3:156
Οἱ μὲν τοὺς ἐγκωμιαστικοὺς λόγους τοῖς πλουσίοις δωροφοροῦντες οὐ μόνον κόλακες καὶ ἀνελεύθεροι δικαίως ἂν ἔμοιγε κρίνεσθαι δοκοῖεν, ὡς ἐπὶ πολλῷ προσποιούμενοι χαρίσασθαι τὰ ἀχάριστα.
Hoi men tous enkōmiastikous logous tois plousiois dōrophorountes ou monon kolakes kai aneleutheroi dikaiōs an emoige krinesthai dokoien, hōs epi pollǭ prospoioumenoi charisasthai ta acharista.
Those who bring speeches of praise as gifts to the rich would rightly seem to me to deserve to be judged not only flatterers and servile, since they pretend to bestow as a great favor what is no favor at all,
1.2Stählin 3:156
ἀλλὰ καὶ ἀσεβεῖς καὶ ἐπίβουλοι· ἀσεβεῖς μὲν, ὅτι παρέντες αἰνεῖν καὶ δοξάζειν τὸν μόνον τέλειον καὶ ἀγαθὸν θεόν, ἐξ οὗ τὰ πάντα καὶ διʼ οὗ τὰ πάντα καὶ εἰς ὃν τὰ πάντα, περιάπτουσι το........... τὸ γέρας ἀνθρώποις ἐνασ........... βίῳ κυλινδουμένοις.......
alla kai asebeis kai epibouloi; asebeis men, hoti parentes ainein kai doxazein ton monon teleion kai agathon theon, ex hou ta panta kai diʼ hou ta panta kai eis hon ta panta, periaptousi to........... to geras anthrōpois enas........... biǭ kylindoumenois.......
but also impious and treacherous: impious because, neglecting to praise and glorify the only perfect and good God, from whom are all things and through whom are all things and to whom are all things, they attach … the prize to men … wallowing in … life …
1.3Stählin 3:156
τὸ κεφάλαιον ὑποκείμενον τῇ κρίσει τοῦ θεοῦ· ἐπίβουλοι δέ, ὅτι καὶ αὐτῆς τῆς περιουσίας καθʼ αὑτὴν ἱκανῆς οὔσης χαυνῶσαι τὰς ψυχὰς τῶν κεκτημένων καὶ διαφθεῖραι καὶ ἀποστῆσαι τῆς ὁδοῦ, διʼ ἧς ἐπιτυχεῖν ἔστι σωτηρίας, οἳ δὲ προσεκπλήσσουσι τὰς γνώμας τῶν πλουσίων ταῖς ἡδοναῖς τῶν ἀμέτρων ἐπαίνων ἐπαίροντες καὶ καθάπαξ τῶν ὅλων πραγμάτων πλὴν τοῦ πλούτου, διʼ ὃν θαυμάζονται. παρασκευάζοντες ὑπερφρονεῖν, τὸ δὴ τοῦ λόγου πῦρ ἐπὶ πῦρ μετοχετεύοντες, τύφῳ τῦφον ἐπαντλοῦντες καὶ ὄγκον πλούτῳ προσανατιθέντες βαρεῖ φύσει φορτίον βαρύτερον, οὗ μᾶλλον ἐχρῆν ἀφαιρεῖν καὶ περικόπτειν, ὡς σφαλεροῦ νοσήματος καὶ θανατηφόρου· τῷ γὰρ ὑψουμένῳ καὶ μεγαλυνομένῳ παραπέπηγεν ἀντίστροφος ἡ πρὸς τὸ ταπεινὸν μεταβολὴ καὶ πτῶσις, ὡς ὁ θεῖος διδάσκει λόγος.
to kephalaion hypokeimenon tę̄ krisei tou theou; epibouloi de, hoti kai autēs tēs periousias kathʼ hautēn hikanēs ousēs chaunōsai tas psychas tōn kektēmenōn kai diaphtheirai kai apostēsai tēs hodou, diʼ hēs epitychein esti sōtērias, hoi de prosekplēssousi tas gnōmas tōn plousiōn tais hēdonais tōn ametrōn epainōn epairontes kai kathapax tōn holōn pragmatōn plēn tou ploutou, diʼ hon thaumazontai. paraskeuazontes hyperphronein, to dē tou logou pyr epi pyr metocheteuontes, typhǭ typhon epantlountes kai onkon ploutǭ prosanatithentes barei physei phortion baryteron, hou mallon echrēn aphairein kai perikoptein, hōs sphalerou nosēmatos kai thanatēphorou; tǭ gar hypsoumenǭ kai megalynomenǭ parapepēgen antistrophos hē pros to tapeinon metabolē kai ptōsis, hōs ho theios didaskei logos.
the chief thing, which is subject to the judgment of God. They are treacherous because, although wealth by itself is enough to puff up the souls of its possessors, to corrupt them and turn them aside from the way by which salvation can be reached, these people further dazzle the minds of the rich with the pleasures of immoderate praise, exalting them and preparing them to despise absolutely everything except the wealth for which they are admired. As the proverb says, they channel fire onto fire, pour pride upon pride, and load wealth, a heavy thing by nature, with a heavier burden of arrogance, when they ought rather to take it away and cut it back as a dangerous and deadly disease. For to the one who is exalted and magnified the opposite change is attached, a turn to humiliation and a fall, as the divine Word teaches.
1.4Stählin 3:156
ἐμοὶ δὲ φαίνεται μακρῷ φιλανθρωπότερον εἶναι τοῦ θεραπεύειν............ τοὺς πλουτοῦντας.......... ἐπὶ κακῷ τὸ συναίρεσθαι.......... τὴν σωτηρίαν αὐτοῖς.............. ἅπαντα τὸν δυνατὸν τρόπον, τοῦτο μὲν ἐξαιτουμένους παρὰ θεοῦ τοῦ βεβαίως καὶ ἡδέως τοῖς ἑαυτοῦ τέκνοις τὰ τοιαῦτα προϊεμένου, τοῦτο δὲ λόγῳ διὰ τῆς χάριτος τοῦ σωτῆρος ἰωμένους τὰς ψυχὰς αὐτῶν, φωτίζοντας καὶ προσάγοντας ἐπὶ τὴν τῆς ἀληθείας κτῆσιν, ἧς ὁ τυχὼν καὶ ἔργοις ἀγαθοῖς ἐλλαμπρυνόμενος μόνος τὸ βραβεῖον τῆς αἰωνίου ζωῆς ἀναιρήσεται.
emoi de phainetai makrǭ philanthrōpoteron einai tou therapeuein............ tous ploutountas.......... epi kakǭ to synairesthai.......... tēn sōtērian autois.............. hapanta ton dynaton tropon, touto men exaitoumenous para theou tou bebaiōs kai hēdeōs tois heautou teknois ta toiauta proïemenou, touto de logǭ dia tēs charitos tou sōtēros iōmenous tas psychas autōn, phōtizontas kai prosagontas epi tēn tēs alētheias ktēsin, hēs ho tychōn kai ergois agathois ellamprynomenos monos to brabeion tēs aiōniou zōēs anairēsetai.
To me it seems far more humane, instead of flattering … the rich … to their harm, to help … their salvation … in every possible way: on the one hand by asking it of God, who surely and gladly grants such things to his own children; on the other by healing their souls with the Word through the grace of the Savior, enlightening them and leading them to the possession of the truth. Whoever obtains it and is made illustrious by good works will alone carry off the prize of eternal life.
1.5Stählin 3:156
δεῖται δὲ καὶ ἡ εὐχὴ ψυχῆς εὐρώστου καὶ λιπαροῦς ἄχρι τῆς ἐσχάτης ἡμέρας τοῦ βίου συμμεμετρημένης καὶ ἡ πολιτεία διαθέσεως χρηστῆς καὶ μονίμου καὶ πάσαις ταῖς ἐντολαῖς τοῦ σωτῆρος ἐπεκτεινομένης.
deitai de kai hē euchē psychēs eurōstou kai liparous achri tēs eschatēs hēmeras tou biou symmemetrēmenēs kai hē politeia diatheseōs chrēstēs kai monimou kai pasais tais entolais tou sōtēros epekteinomenēs.
But prayer needs a soul that is strong and persevering, measured out to the last day of life; and the way of life needs a good and steadfast disposition that reaches out to all the commandments of the Savior.
Chapter 2
2.1Stählin 3:156
Κινδυνεύει δὲ οὐχ ἁπλοῦν τι εἶναι τὸ αἴτιον τοῦ τὴν σωτηρίαν χαλεπωτέραν τοῖς πλουτοῦσι δοκεῖν ἢ τοῖς ἀχρημάτοις τῶν ἀνθρώπων, ἀλλὰ ποικίλον.
Kindyneuei de ouch haploun ti einai to aition tou tēn sōtērian chalepōteran tois ploutousi dokein ē tois achrēmatois tōn anthrōpōn, alla poikilon.
It may be that the reason why salvation seems harder for the rich than for people without money is not a single one but manifold.
2.2Stählin 3:156–161
οἱ μὲν γὰρ αὐτόθεν καὶ προχείρως ἀκούσαντες τῆς τοῦ κυρίου φωνῆς, ὅτι ῥᾷον κάμηλος διὰ τρήματος ῥαφίδος διεκδύσεται ἢ πλούσιος εἰς τὴν βασιλείαν τῶν οὐρανῶν, ἀπογνόντες ἑαυτοὺς ὡς οὐ βιωσόμενοι, τῷ κόσμῳ πάντα χαριζόμενοι καὶ τῆς ἐνταῦθα ζωῆς ὡς μόνης ἑαυτοῖς ὑπολειπομένης ἐκκρεμασθέντες ἀπέστησαν πλέον τῆς ἐκεῖ ὁδοῦ, μηκέτι πολυπραγμονήσαντες μήτε τίνας τοὺς πλουσίους ὁ δεσπότης καὶ διδάσκαλος προσαγορεύει μήτε ὅπως τὸ ἀδύνατον ἐν ἀνθρώποις δυνατὸν γίνεται.
hoi men gar autothen kai procheirōs akousantes tēs tou kyriou phōnēs, hoti rhąon kamēlos dia trēmatos rhaphidos diekdysetai ē plousios eis tēn basileian tōn ouranōn, apognontes heautous hōs ou biōsomenoi, tǭ kosmǭ panta charizomenoi kai tēs entautha zōēs hōs monēs heautois hypoleipomenēs ekkremasthentes apestēsan pleon tēs ekei hodou, mēketi polypragmonēsantes mēte tinas tous plousious ho despotēs kai didaskalos prosagoreuei mēte hopōs to adynaton en anthrōpois dynaton ginetai.
For some, hearing the Lord's saying straight off and carelessly, that a camel will more easily pass through the eye of a needle than a rich man into the kingdom of heaven, have despaired of themselves as not destined to live; surrendering everything to the world and clinging to life here as the only one left them, they have gone further from the way to the life there, no longer inquiring whom the Master and Teacher calls rich, nor how what is impossible with men becomes possible.
2.3Stählin 3:161
ἄλλοι δὲ τοῦτο μὲν συνῆκαν ὀρθῶς καὶ προσηκόντως, τῶν δὲ ἔργων τῶν εἰς τὴν σωτηρίαν ἀναφερόντων ὀλιγωρήσαντες οὐ παρεσκευάσαντο τὴν δέουσαν παρασκευὴν εἰς τὸ τῶν ἐλπιζομένων τυχεῖν.
alloi de touto men synēkan orthōs kai prosēkontōs, tōn de ergōn tōn eis tēn sōtērian anapherontōn oligōrēsantes ou pareskeuasanto tēn deousan paraskeuēn eis to tōn elpizomenōn tychein.
Others understood this rightly and fittingly, but, neglecting the works that lead to salvation, did not make the preparation needed to obtain what they hope for.
2.4Stählin 3:161
λέγω δὲ ταῦτα. ἑκάτερα περὶ τῶν πλουσίων τῶν καὶ τῆς δυνάμεως τοῦ σωτῆρος καὶ τῆς ἐπιφανοῦς σωτηρίας ᾐσθημένων, τῶν δὲ ἀμυήτων τῆς ἀληθείας ὀλίγον μοι μέλει. Χρὴ τοίνυν τοὺς φιλαλήθως καὶ φιλαδέλφως................
legō de tauta. hekatera peri tōn plousiōn tōn kai tēs dynameōs tou sōtēros kai tēs epiphanous sōtērias ę̄sthēmenōn, tōn de amyētōn tēs alētheias oligon moi melei. Chrē toinyn tous philalēthōs kai philadelphōs................
I say both of these things about the rich who have perceived the Savior's power and his manifest salvation; for those uninitiated into the truth I care little. It is necessary, then, for those who … with love of truth and love of the brethren …
Chapter 3
3.1Stählin 3:161
καὶ μήτε καταθρασυνομένους αὐθάδως τῶν πλουσίων κλητῶν μήτε αὖ πάλιν ὑποπίπτοντας αὐτοῖς διὰ οἰκείαν φιλοκέρδειαν, πρῶτον μὲν αὐτῶν ἐξαιρεῖν τῷ λόγῳ τὴν κενὴν ἀπόγνωσιν καὶ δηλοῦν μετὰ τῆς δεούσης ἐξηγήσεως τῶν λογίων τοῦ κυρίου διότι οὐκ ἀποκέκοπται τέλεον αὐτοῖς ἡ κληρονομία τῆς βασιλείας τῶν οὐρανῶν, ἐὰν ὑπακούσωσι ταῖς ἐντολαῖς·
kai mēte katathrasynomenous authadōs tōn plousiōn klētōn mēte au palin hypopiptontas autois dia oikeian philokerdeian, prōton men autōn exairein tǭ logǭ tēn kenēn apognōsin kai dēloun meta tēs deousēs exēgēseōs tōn logiōn tou kyriou dioti ouk apokekoptai teleon autois hē klēronomia tēs basileias tōn ouranōn, ean hypakousōsi tais entolais;
neither insolently to treat the rich who have been called with arrogance, nor again to fawn on them out of their own love of gain, but first to remove from them by the Word their empty despair, and to show, with the needed interpretation of the Lord's sayings, that the inheritance of the kingdom of heaven is not entirely cut off from them if they obey the commandments.
3.2Stählin 3:161
εἶθʼ ὁπόταν μάθωσιν ὡς ἀδεὲς δεδίασι δέος καὶ ὅτι βουλομένους αὐτοὺς ὁ σωτὴρ ἀσμένως δέχεται, τότε καὶ προδεικνύναι καὶ μυσταγωγεῖν, ὅπως ἂν καὶ διʼ οἵων ἔργων τε καὶ διαθέσεων ἐπαύραιντο τῆς ἐλπίδος, ὡς οὔτʼ ἀμηχάνου καθεστώσης αὐτοῖς οὔτε τοὐναντίον εἰκῇ
eithʼ hopotan mathōsin hōs adees dediasi deos kai hoti boulomenous autous ho sōtēr asmenōs dechetai, tote kai prodeiknynai kai mystagōgein, hopōs an kai diʼ hoiōn ergōn te kai diatheseōn epaurainto tēs elpidos, hōs outʼ amēchanou kathestōsēs autois oute tounantion eikę̄
Then, when they have learned that they fear a groundless fear and that the Savior gladly receives them if they are willing, one should show them in advance and initiate them into how, and by what works and dispositions, they may enjoy what they hope for, since it is neither impossible for them nor, on the other hand, obtained at random
3.3Stählin 3:161
περιγινομένης. ἀλλʼ ὅνπερ τρόπον ἔχει τὸ τῶν ἀθλητῶν, ἵνα μικρὰ καὶ ἐπίκηρα μεγάλοις καὶ ἀφθάρτοις παραβάλωμεν, τουτὶ καὶ ἐφʼ ἑαυτοῦ ὁ κατὰ κόσμον πλουτῶν λογιζέσθω.
periginomenēs. allʼ honper tropon echei to tōn athlētōn, hina mikra kai epikēra megalois kai aphthartois parabalōmen, touti kai ephʼ heautou ho kata kosmon ploutōn logizesthō.
by chance. But in the way it is with athletes (to compare small and perishable things with great and incorruptible ones), let the one who is rich in the world's goods consider this in his own case too.
3.4Stählin 3:161
καὶ γὰρ ἐκείνων ὁ μὲν ὅτι δυνήσεται νικᾶν καὶ στεφάνων τυγχάνειν ἀπελπίσας οὐδʼ ὅλως ἐπὶ τὴν ἄθλησιν ἀπεγράψατο. ὁ δὲ ταύτην μὲν ἐμβαλόμενος τῇ γνώμῃ τὴν ἐλπίδα, πόνους δὲ καὶ γυμνάσια καὶ τροφὰς μὴ προσιέμενος προσφόρους, ἀστεφάνωτος διεγένετο καὶ διήμαρτε τῶν ἐλπίδων.
kai gar ekeinōn ho men hoti dynēsetai nikan kai stephanōn tynchanein apelpisas oudʼ holōs epi tēn athlēsin apegrapsato. ho de tautēn men embalomenos tę̄ gnōmę̄ tēn elpida, ponous de kai gymnasia kai trophas mē prosiemenos prosphorous, astephanōtos diegeneto kai diēmarte tōn elpidōn.
For among athletes, one who has given up hope of being able to win and gain crowns does not even enter his name for the contest; another, who has cast this hope into his mind but does not undertake the labors, exercises, and suitable diet, goes away uncrowned and misses his hopes.
3.5Stählin 3:161
οὕτως τις καὶ τὴν ἐπίγειον ταύτην περιβεβλημένος περιβολὴν μήτε τὴν ἀρχὴν ἑαυτὸν τῶν ἄθλων τοῦ σωτῆρος ἐκκηρυσσέτω, πιστός γε ὢν καὶ τὸ μεγαλεῖον συνορῶν τῆς τοῦ θεοῦ φιλανθρωπίας, μήτε μὴν αὖθις ἀνάσκητος καὶ ἀναγώνιστος μείνας ἀκονιτὶ κἀνιδρωτὶ τῶν στεφάνων τῆς ἀφθαρσίας ἐλπιζέτω μεταλαβεῖν·
houtōs tis kai tēn epigeion tautēn peribeblēmenos peribolēn mēte tēn archēn heauton tōn athlōn tou sōtēros ekkēryssetō, pistos ge ōn kai to megaleion synorōn tēs tou theou philanthrōpias, mēte mēn authis anaskētos kai anagōnistos meinas akoniti kanidrōti tōn stephanōn tēs aphtharsias elpizetō metalabein;
So too let one who is clothed with this earthly wealth neither shut himself out from the start from the Savior's contests, if he is a believer and perceives the greatness of God's love for mankind, nor again hope to share in the crowns of incorruption while remaining untrained and without contest, without dust and without sweat.
3.6Stählin 3:161–162
ἀλλʼ αὑτὸν ὑποβαλέτω φέρων γυμναστῇ μὲν τῷ λόγῳ. ἀγωνοθέτῃ δὲ τῷ Χριστῷ· τροφὴ δὲ αὐτῷ καὶ ποτὸν γενέσθω τεταγμένον ἡ καινὴ διαθήκη τοῦ κυρίου. γυμνάσια δὲ αἱ ἐντολαί. εὐσχημοσύνη δὲ καὶ κόσμος αἱ καλαὶ διαθέσεις, ἀγάπη, πίστις. ἐλπίς, γνῶσις ἀληθείας............. πραότης, εὐσπλαγχνία, σεμνότης, ἵνʼ, ὅταν ἡ ἐσχάτη σάλπιγξ ὑποσημήνῃ τοῦ δρόμου καὶ τῆς ἐντεῦθεν ἐξόδου καθάπερ ἐκ σταδίου τοῦ βίου, μετʼ ἀγαθοῦ τοῦ συνειδότος τῷ ἀθλοθέτῃ παραστῇ νικηφόρος, ὡμολογημένος τῆς ἄνω πατρίδος ἄξιος, εἰς ἣν μετὰ στεφάνων καὶ κηρυγμάτων ἀγγελικῶν ἐπανέρχεται.
allʼ hauton hypobaletō pherōn gymnastę̄ men tǭ logǭ. agōnothetę̄ de tǭ Christǭ; trophē de autǭ kai poton genesthō tetagmenon hē kainē diathēkē tou kyriou. gymnasia de hai entolai. euschēmosynē de kai kosmos hai kalai diatheseis, agapē, pistis. elpis, gnōsis alētheias............. praotēs, eusplanchnia, semnotēs, hinʼ, hotan hē eschatē salpinx hyposēmēnę̄ tou dromou kai tēs enteuthen exodou kathaper ek stadiou tou biou, metʼ agathou tou syneidotos tǭ athlothetę̄ parastę̄ nikēphoros, hōmologēmenos tēs anō patridos axios, eis hēn meta stephanōn kai kērygmatōn angelikōn epanerchetai.
Rather, let him submit himself to the Word as his trainer and to Christ as the president of the games. Let his appointed food and drink be the new covenant of the Lord; his exercises, the commandments; his grace and adornment, the fair dispositions: love, faith, hope, knowledge of the truth, … gentleness, compassion, dignity; so that when the last trumpet sounds for the race and the departure from here, as from the stadium of life, he may stand victorious with a good conscience before the Judge of the games, acknowledged worthy of the fatherland above, into which he returns with crowns and the proclamations of angels.
Chapter 4
4.1Stählin 3:162
Δοίη τοίνυν ἡμῖν ὁ σωτὴρ ἐντεῦθεν ἀρξαμένοις τοῦ λόγου τἀληθῆ καὶ τὰ πρέποντα καὶ τὰ σωτήρια συμβαλέσθαι τοῖς ἀδελφοῖς πρός τε τὴν ἐλπίδα πρῶτον αὐτὴν καὶ δεύτερον πρὸς τὴν τῆς ἐλπίδος προσαγωγήν.
Doiē toinyn hēmin ho sōtēr enteuthen arxamenois tou logou talēthē kai ta preponta kai ta sōtēria symbalesthai tois adelphois pros te tēn elpida prōton autēn kai deuteron pros tēn tēs elpidos prosagōgēn.
May the Savior grant us, then, beginning our discourse from here, to contribute to the brethren what is true, fitting, and saving, first for hope itself, and second for access to what is hoped for.
4.2Stählin 3:162
ὃ δὲ χαρίζεται δεομένοις καὶ αἰτοῦντας διδάσκει καὶ λύει τὴν ἄγνοιαν καὶ τὴν ἀπόγνωσιν ἀποσείεται, τοὺς αὐτοὺς πάλιν εἰσάγων λόγους περὶ τῶν πλουσίων. ἑαυτῶν ἑρμηνέας γινομένους καὶ ἐξηγητὰς ἀσφαλεῖς.
ho de charizetai deomenois kai aitountas didaskei kai lyei tēn agnoian kai tēn apognōsin aposeietai, tous autous palin eisagōn logous peri tōn plousiōn. heautōn hermēneas ginomenous kai exēgētas asphaleis.
He grants it to those who ask, teaches those who inquire, dispels ignorance and shakes off despair, bringing forward again the very words about the rich, which become their own interpreters and safe expositors.
4.3Stählin 3:162
οὐδὲν γὰρ οἷον αὐτῶν αὖθις ἀκοῦσαι τῶν ῥητῶν. ἅπερ ἡμᾶς ἐν τοῖς εὐαγγελίοις ἄχρι νῦν διετάρασσεν ἀβασανίστως καὶ διημαρτημένως ὑπὸ νηπιότητος ἀκροωμένους.
ouden gar hoion autōn authis akousai tōn rhētōn. haper hēmas en tois euangeliois achri nyn dietarassen abasanistōs kai diēmartēmenōs hypo nēpiotētos akroōmenous.
For there is nothing like hearing the very sayings again, which up to now have troubled us in the Gospels because we heard them without examination and mistakenly, through childishness.
4.4Stählin 3:162
»ἐκπορευομένου αὐτοῦ εἰς ὁδὸν προσελθών τις ἐγονυπέτει λέγων·
»ekporeuomenou autou eis hodon proselthōn tis egonypetei legōn;
“As he was going out on the way, a man came up and knelt before him, saying,
4.5Stählin 3:162
›διδάσκαλε ἀγαθέ, τί ποιήσω, ἵνα ζωὴν αἰώνιον κληρονομήσω;‹ ὁ δὲ Ἰησοῦς λέγει· τί με ἀγαθὸν λέγεις; οὐδεὶς ἀγαθὸς εἰ μὴ εἷς ὁ θεός.
›didaskale agathe, ti poiēsō, hina zōēn aiōnion klēronomēsō?‹ ho de Iēsous legei; ti me agathon legeis? oudeis agathos ei mē heis ho theos.
‘Good Teacher, what shall I do to inherit eternal life?’ And Jesus says, ‘Why do you call me good? No one is good but one, God.
4.6Stählin 3:162
τὰς ἐντολὰς οἶδας· μὴ μοιχεύσῃς, μὴ φονεύσῃς, μὴ κλέψῃς, μὴ ψευδομαρτυρήσῃς, τίμα τὸν πατέρα σου καὶ τὴν μητέρα ὃ δὲ ἀποκριθεὶς λέγει αὐτῷ· ›πάντα ταῦτα ἐφύλαξα ἐκ νεότητός μου.
tas entolas oidas; mē moicheusę̄s, mē phoneusę̄s, mē klepsę̄s, mē pseudomartyrēsę̄s, tima ton patera sou kai tēn mētera ho de apokritheis legei autǭ; ›panta tauta ephylaxa ek neotētos mou.
You know the commandments: do not commit adultery, do not murder, do not steal, do not bear false witness, honor your father and mother.’ And he answered and said to him, ‘All these I have kept from my youth.’
4.7Stählin 3:162
ὁ δὲ Ἰησοῦς ἐμβλέψας ἠγάπησεν αὐτὸν καὶ εἶπεν· ›ἕν σοι ὑστερεῖ· εἰ θέλεις τέλειος εἶναι, πώλησον ὅσα ἔχεις καὶ διάδος πτωχοῖς, καὶ ἕξεις θησαυρὸν ἐν οὐρανῷ, καὶ δεῦρο ἀκολούθει μοι.‹ ὃ δὲ στυγνάσας ἐπὶ τῷ λόγῳ ἀπῆλθε λυπούμενος·
ho de Iēsous emblepsas ēgapēsen auton kai eipen; ›hen soi hysterei; ei theleis teleios einai, pōlēson hosa echeis kai diados ptōchois, kai hexeis thēsauron en ouranǭ, kai deuro akolouthei moi.‹ ho de stygnasas epi tǭ logǭ apēlthe lypoumenos;
And Jesus, looking at him, loved him and said, ‘One thing you lack: if you wish to be perfect, sell what you have and distribute to the poor, and you will have treasure in heaven; and come, follow me.’ But he was gloomy at the saying and went away grieving;
4.8Stählin 3:162
ἦν γὰρ ἔχων χρήματα πολλὰ καὶ ἀγρούς. περιβλεψάμενος δὲ ὁ Ἰησοῦς λέγει τοῖς μαθηταῖς αὐτοῦ· ›πῶς δυσκόλως οἱ τὰ χρήματα ἔχοντες εἰσελεύσονται εἰς τὴν βασιλείαν τοῦ θεοῦ.‹ οἱ δὲ μαθηταὶ ἐθαμβοῦντο ἐπὶ τοῖς λόγοις αὐτοῦ.
ēn gar echōn chrēmata polla kai agrous. periblepsamenos de ho Iēsous legei tois mathētais autou; ›pōs dyskolōs hoi ta chrēmata echontes eiseleusontai eis tēn basileian tou theou.‹ hoi de mathētai ethambounto epi tois logois autou.
for he had many possessions and fields. And Jesus, looking around, says to his disciples, ‘How hard it will be for those who have riches to enter the kingdom of God!’ And the disciples were amazed at his words.
4.9Stählin 3:162–163
πάλιν δὲ ὁ Ἰησοῦς ἀποκριθεὶς λέγει αὐτοῖς· ›τέκνα, πῶς δύσκολόν ἐστι τοὺς πεποιθότας ἐπὶ χρήμασιν εἰς τὴν βασιλείαν τοῦ θεοῦ εἰσελθεῖν· εὐκόλως διὰ τῆς τρυμαλιᾶς τῆς βελόνης κάμηλος εἰσελεύσεται ἢ πλούσιος εἰς τὴν βασιλείαν τοῦ θεοῦ.‹ οἳ δὲ περισσῶς ἐξεπλήσσοντο καὶ ἔλεγον· ›τίς οὖν δύναται σωθῆναι;‹ ὃ δὲ ἐμβλέψας αὐτοῖς εἶπεν· ›ὅ τι παρὰ ἀνθρώποις ἀδύνατον, παρὰ θεῷ δυνατόν.‹ ἤρξατο ὁ Πέτρος λέγειν αὐτῷ·
palin de ho Iēsous apokritheis legei autois; ›tekna, pōs dyskolon esti tous pepoithotas epi chrēmasin eis tēn basileian tou theou eiselthein; eukolōs dia tēs trymalias tēs belonēs kamēlos eiseleusetai ē plousios eis tēn basileian tou theou.‹ hoi de perissōs exeplēssonto kai elegon; ›tis oun dynatai sōthēnai?‹ ho de emblepsas autois eipen; ›ho ti para anthrōpois adynaton, para theǭ dynaton.‹ ērxato ho Petros legein autǭ;
Again Jesus answered and said to them, ‘Children, how hard it is for those who trust in riches to enter the kingdom of God! A camel will more easily go through the eye of the needle than a rich man into the kingdom of God.’ And they were exceedingly astonished and said, ‘Who then can be saved?’ And he, looking at them, said, ‘What is impossible with men is possible with God.’ Peter began to say to him,
4.10Stählin 3:163
›ἴδε ἡμεῖς ἀφήκαμεν πάντα καὶ ἠκολουθήσαμέν σοι.‹ ἀποκριθεὶς δὲ ὁ Ἰησοῦς [λέγγει]·› ἀμὴν ὑμῖν λέγω, ὃς ἂν ἀφῇ τὰ ἴδια καὶ γονεῖς καὶ ἀδελφοὺς καὶ χρήματα ἕνεκεν ἐμοῦ καὶ ἕνεκεν τοῦ εὐαγγελίου. ἀπολήψεται ἑκατονταπλασίονα. νῦν ἐν τῷ καιρῷ τούτῳ ἀγροὺς καὶ χρήματα καὶ οἰκίας καὶ ἀδελφοὺς ἔχειν μετὰ διωγμὼν εἰς ποῦ· ἐν δὲ τῷ ἐρχομένῳ ζωή[ν] ἐστιν αἰώνιος. [ἐν δὲ] ἔσονται οἱ πρῶτοι ἔσχατοι καὶ οἱ ἔσχατοι πρῶτοι.«
›ide hēmeis aphēkamen panta kai ēkolouthēsamen soi.‹ apokritheis de ho Iēsous [lengei];› amēn hymin legō, hos an aphę̄ ta idia kai goneis kai adelphous kai chrēmata heneken emou kai heneken tou euangeliou. apolēpsetai hekatontaplasiona. nyn en tǭ kairǭ toutǭ agrous kai chrēmata kai oikias kai adelphous echein meta diōgmōn eis pou; en de tǭ erchomenǭ zōē[n] estin aiōnios. [en de] esontai hoi prōtoi eschatoi kai hoi eschatoi prōtoi.«
‘See, we have left everything and followed you.’ And Jesus answered, ‘Truly I say to you, whoever leaves his own possessions, and parents, and brothers, and riches for my sake and for the sake of the gospel will receive a hundredfold. Now in this time, to have fields and riches and houses and brothers with persecutions—to what end? But in the age to come there is eternal life. And the first will be last, and the last first.’”
Chapter 5
5.1Stählin 3:163
Ταῦτα μὲν ἐν τῷ κατὰ Μάρκον εὐαγγελίῳ γέγραπται· καὶ ἐν τοῖς ἄλλοις δὲ πᾶσιν τοῖς ἀνωμολογημένοις ὀλίγον μὲν ἴσως ἑκασταχοῦ τῶν ῥημάτων ἐναλλάσσει, πάντα δὲ τὴν αὐτὴν τῆς γνώμης συμφωνίαν ἐπιδείκνυται.
Tauta men en tǭ kata Markon euangeliǭ gegraptai; kai en tois allois de pasin tois anōmologēmenois oligon men isōs hekastachou tōn rhēmatōn enallassei, panta de tēn autēn tēs gnōmēs symphōnian epideiknytai.
This is written in the Gospel according to Mark; and in all the other acknowledged Gospels the wording perhaps varies a little here and there, but all show the same agreement in meaning.
5.2Stählin 3:163
δεῖ δὲ σαφῶς εἰδότας ὡς οὐδὲν ἀνθρωπίνως ὁ σωτήρ. ἀλλὰ πάντα θείᾳ σοφίᾳ καὶ μυστικῇ διδάσκει τοὺς ἑαυτοῦ, μὴ σαρκίνως ἀκροᾶσθαι τῶν λεγομένων. ἀλλὰ τὸν ἐν αὐτοῖς κεκρυμμένον νοῦν μετὰ τῆς ἀξίας ζητήσεως καὶ συνέσεως ἐρευνᾶν καὶ καταμανθάνειν.
dei de saphōs eidotas hōs ouden anthrōpinōs ho sōtēr. alla panta theią sophią kai mystikę̄ didaskei tous heautou, mē sarkinōs akroasthai tōn legomenōn. alla ton en autois kekrymmenon noun meta tēs axias zētēseōs kai syneseōs ereunan kai katamanthanein.
We must know clearly that the Savior teaches nothing in a merely human way, but teaches his own everything with divine and mystical wisdom; we must not hear what is said in a fleshly way, but search out and learn the meaning hidden in it with due inquiry and understanding.
5.3Stählin 3:163
καὶ γὰρ τὰ ὑπʼ αὐτοῦ τοῦ κυρίου δοκοῦντα ἡπλῶσθαι πρὸς τοὺς μαθητὰς τῶν ᾐνιγμένως ὑπειρημένων οὐδὲν ἥττονος [ἔτι καὶ νῦν]. ἀλλὰ πλείονος ἔτι καὶ νῦν τῆς ἐπιστάσεως εὑρίσκεται δεόμενα διὰ τὴν ὑπερβάλλουσαν τῆς φρονήσεως ἐν αὐτοῖς ὑπερβολήν.
kai gar ta hypʼ autou tou kyriou dokounta hēplōsthai pros tous mathētas tōn ę̄nigmenōs hypeirēmenōn ouden hēttonos [eti kai nyn]. alla pleionos eti kai nyn tēs epistaseōs heurisketai deomena dia tēn hyperballousan tēs phronēseōs en autois hyperbolēn.
For even the things the Lord himself seems to have made plain to the disciples, among what he had said in riddles, are found to need no less, but even more attention still, because of the surpassing excess of wisdom in them.
5.4Stählin 3:163
ὅπου δὲ καὶ τὰ νομιζόμενα ὑπʼ αὐτοῦ διοῖχθαι τοῖς ἔσω καὶ αὐτοῖς τοῖς τῆς βασιλείας τέκνοις ὑπʼ αὐτοῦ καλουμένοις ἔτι χρῄζει φροντίδος πλείονος, ἦ πού γε τὰ δόξαντα μὲν ἁπλῶς ἐξενηνέχθαι καὶ διὰ τοῦτο μηδὲ διηρωτημένα πρὸς τῶν ἀκουσάντων, εἰς ὅλον δὲ τὸ τέλος αὐτὸ τῆς σωτηρίας διαφέροντα. ἐσκεπασμένα δὲ θαυμαστῷ καὶ ὑπερουρανίῳ διανοίας βάθει, οὐκ ἐπιπολαίως δέχεσθαι ταῖς ἀκοαῖς προσῆκεν, ἀλλὰ καθιέντας τὸν νοῦν ἐπʼ αὐτὸ τὸ πνεῦμα τοῦ σωτῆρος καὶ τὸ τῆς γνώμης ἀπόρρητον.
hopou de kai ta nomizomena hypʼ autou dioichthai tois esō kai autois tois tēs basileias teknois hypʼ autou kaloumenois eti chrę̄zei phrontidos pleionos, ē pou ge ta doxanta men haplōs exenēnechthai kai dia touto mēde diērōtēmena pros tōn akousantōn, eis holon de to telos auto tēs sōtērias diapheronta. eskepasmena de thaumastǭ kai hyperouraniǭ dianoias bathei, ouk epipolaiōs dechesthai tais akoais prosēken, alla kathientas ton noun epʼ auto to pneuma tou sōtēros kai to tēs gnōmēs aporrēton.
And where even the things thought to have been opened up by him to those within, those whom he himself calls children of the kingdom, still need further thought, surely the things that seem to have been spoken simply, and for that reason were not even questioned by those who heard them, but which bear on the whole goal of salvation itself, and are covered with a wonderful and supercelestial depth of meaning, should not be received superficially by the ears, but by directing the mind to the very spirit of the Savior and the secret of his thought.
Chapter 6
6.1Stählin 3:163–164
Ἠρώτηται μὲν γὰρ ἡδέως ὁ κύριος ἡμῶν καὶ σωτὴρ ἐρώτημα καταλληλότατον αὐτῷ, ἡ ζωὴ περὶ ζωῆς, ὁ σωτὴρ περὶ σωτηρίας. ὁ διδάσκαλος περὶ κεφαλαίου [οὐ τῶν διδασκομένων δογμάτων. ἡ ἀλήθεια περὶ τῆς ἀληθινῆς ἀθανασίας, ὁ λόγος περὶ τοῦ πατρῴου λόγου. ὁ τέλειος περὶ τῆς τελείας ἀναπαύσεως, ὁ ἄφθαρτος περὶ τῆς βεβαίας ἀφθαρσίας.
Ērōtētai men gar hēdeōs ho kyrios hēmōn kai sōtēr erōtēma katallēlotaton autǭ, hē zōē peri zōēs, ho sōtēr peri sōtērias. ho didaskalos peri kephalaiou [ou tōn didaskomenōn dogmatōn. hē alētheia peri tēs alēthinēs athanasias, ho logos peri tou patrǭou logou. ho teleios peri tēs teleias anapauseōs, ho aphthartos peri tēs bebaias aphtharsias.
Our Lord and Savior is gladly asked a question most fitting for him: the Life about life, the Savior about salvation, the Teacher about the chief point of the doctrines taught, the Truth about true immortality, the Word about the Father's word, the Perfect about perfect rest, the Incorruptible about sure incorruption.
6.2Stählin 3:164
ἠρώτηται περὶ τούτων ὑπὲρ ὧν καὶ κατελήλυθεν. ἃ παιδεύει. ἃ διδάσκει. ἃ παρέχει, ἵνα δείξῃ τὴν τοῦ εὐαγγελίου ὑπόθεσιν. ὅτι δόσις ἐστὶν αἰωνίου ζωῆς.
ērōtētai peri toutōn hyper hōn kai katelēlythen. ha paideuei. ha didaskei. ha parechei, hina deixę̄ tēn tou euangeliou hypothesin. hoti dosis estin aiōniou zōēs.
He is asked about the things for which he came down, which he trains us in, teaches, and provides, so as to show the theme of the gospel: that it is the gift of eternal life.
6.3Stählin 3:164
πρόοιδε δὲ ὡς θεὸς καὶ ἃ μέλλει διερωτηθήσεσθαι καὶ ἃ μέλλει τις αὐτῷ ἀποκρίνεσθαι. τίς γὰρ καὶ μᾶλλον ἢ ὁ προφήτης προφητῶν καὶ κύριος παντὸς προφητικοῦ πνεύματος;
prooide de hōs theos kai ha mellei dierōtēthēsesthai kai ha mellei tis autǭ apokrinesthai. tis gar kai mallon ē ho prophētēs prophētōn kai kyrios pantos prophētikou pneumatos?
As God, he knows beforehand both what he will be asked and what someone will answer him. For who should know this better than the Prophet of prophets and Lord of every prophetic spirit?
6.4Stählin 3:164
κληθεὶς δὲ ἀγαθός. ἀπʼ αὐτοῦ πρώτου τοῦ ῥήματος τούτου τὸ ἐνδόσιμον λαβὼν ἐντεῦθεν καὶ τῆς διδασκαλίας ἄρχεται, ἐπιστρέφων τὸν μαθητὴν ἐπὶ τὸ θεὸν τὸν ἀγαθὸν καὶ πρῶτον καὶ μόνον ζωῆς αἰωνίου ταμίαν, ἣν ὁ υἱὸς δίδωσιν ἡμῖν παρʼ ἐκείνου λαβών.
klētheis de agathos. apʼ autou prōtou tou rhēmatos toutou to endosimon labōn enteuthen kai tēs didaskalias archetai, epistrephōn ton mathētēn epi to theon ton agathon kai prōton kai monon zōēs aiōniou tamian, hēn ho huios didōsin hēmin parʼ ekeinou labōn.
Being called good, he takes his cue from this very first word and begins his teaching from it, turning the disciple to God, the good, the first, and the only dispenser of eternal life, which the Son gives us, having received it from him.
Chapter 7
7.1Stählin 3:164
Οὐκοῦν τὸ μέγιστον καὶ κορυφαιότατον τῶν πρὸς τὴν ζωὴν μαθημάτων ἀπὸ τῆς ἀρχῆς εὐθὺς ἐγκαταθέσθαι τῇ ψυχῇ δεῖ, γνῶναι τὸν θεὸν τὸν αἰώνιον καὶ δοτῆρα αἰωνίων καὶ πρῶτον καὶ ὑπέρτατον καὶ ἕνα καὶ ἀγαθὸν θεόν.
Oukoun to megiston kai koryphaiotaton tōn pros tēn zōēn mathēmatōn apo tēs archēs euthys enkatathesthai tę̄ psychę̄ dei, gnōnai ton theon ton aiōnion kai dotēra aiōniōn kai prōton kai hypertaton kai hena kai agathon theon.
Therefore the greatest and highest of the lessons for life must be laid up in the soul from the very beginning: to know the eternal God, giver of eternal things, first, supreme, one, and good.
7.2Stählin 3:164
ὅν ἔστι κτήσασθαι διὰ γνώσεως καὶ καταλήψεως· αὕτη γὰρ ἄτρεπτος καὶ ἀσάλευτος ἀρχὴ καὶ κρηπὶς ζωῆς, ἐπιστήμη θεοῦ τοῦ ὄντως ὄντος καὶ τὰ ὄντα. τουτέστι τὰ αἰώνια, δωρουμένου, ἐξ οὗ καὶ τὸ εἶναι τοῖς ἄλλοις ὑπάρχει καὶ τὸ μεῖναι λαβεῖν.
hon esti ktēsasthai dia gnōseōs kai katalēpseōs; hautē gar atreptos kai asaleutos archē kai krēpis zōēs, epistēmē theou tou ontōs ontos kai ta onta. toutesti ta aiōnia, dōroumenou, ex hou kai to einai tois allois hyparchei kai to meinai labein.
He may be gained through knowledge and apprehension; for this is the unchanging and unshakable beginning and foundation of life: the knowledge of God, who truly is and who bestows the things that are, that is, the eternal things; from him the others have both their being and their continuing.
7.3Stählin 3:164
ἡ μὲν γὰρ τούτου ἄγνοια θάνατός ἐστιν, ἡ δὲ ἐπίγνωσις αὐτοῦ καὶ οἰκείωσις καὶ ἡ πρὸς αὐτὸν ἀγάπη καὶ ἐξομοίωσις μόνη ζωή.
hē men gar toutou agnoia thanatos estin, hē de epignōsis autou kai oikeiōsis kai hē pros auton agapē kai exomoiōsis monē zōē.
For ignorance of him is death, but knowledge of him, intimacy with him, love for him, and likeness to him are the only life.
Chapter 8
8.1Stählin 3:164
Τοῦτον οὖν πρῶτον ἐπιγνῶναι τῷ ζησομένῳ τὴν ὄντως ζωὴν παρακελεύεται, ὃν »οὐδεὶς ἐπιγινώσκει εἰ μὴ ὁ υἱὸς καὶ ᾧ ἂν ὁ υἱὸς ἀποκαλύψῃ«. ἔπειτα τὸ μέγεθος τοῦ σωτῆρος μετʼ ἐκεῖνον καὶ τὴν καινότητα τῆς χάριτος μαθεῖν, ὅτι δὴ κατὰ τὸν ἀπόστολον »ὁ νόμος διὰ Μωσέως ἐδόθη, ἡ χάρις καὶ ἡ ἀλήθεια διὰ Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ«· καὶ οὐκ ἴσα τὰ διὰ δούλου πιστοῦ διδόμενα τοῖς ὑπὸ [τοῦ] υἱοῦ γνησίου δωρουμένοις.
Touton oun prōton epignōnai tǭ zēsomenǭ tēn ontōs zōēn parakeleuetai, hon »oudeis epiginōskei ei mē ho huios kai hǭ an ho huios apokalypsę̄«. epeita to megethos tou sōtēros metʼ ekeinon kai tēn kainotēta tēs charitos mathein, hoti dē kata ton apostolon »ho nomos dia Mōseōs edothē, hē charis kai hē alētheia dia Iēsou Christou«; kai ouk isa ta dia doulou pistou didomena tois hypo [tou] huiou gnēsiou dōroumenois.
He urges the one who would live the true life, then, first to know him “whom no one knows except the Son and he to whom the Son reveals him”; then, after him, to learn the greatness of the Savior and the newness of grace, since, according to the apostle, “the law was given through Moses, grace and truth through Jesus Christ”; and the things given through a faithful servant are not equal to those bestowed by a true Son.
8.2Stählin 3:164–165
εἰ γοῦν ἱκανὸς ἦν ὁ Μωσέως νόμος ζωὴν αἰώνιον παρασχεῖν, μάτην μὲν ὁ σωτὴρ αὐτὸς παραγίνεται καὶ πάσχει διʼ ἡμᾶς ἀπὸ γενέσεως μέχρι τοῦ σημείου τὴν ἀνθρωπότητα διατρέχων, μάτην δὲ ὁ πάσας πεποιηκὼς »ἐκ νεότητος« τὰς νομίμους ἐντολὰς παρὰ ἄλλου αἰτεῖ γονυπετῶν ἀθανασίαν.
ei goun hikanos ēn ho Mōseōs nomos zōēn aiōnion paraschein, matēn men ho sōtēr autos paraginetai kai paschei diʼ hēmas apo geneseōs mechri tou sēmeiou tēn anthrōpotēta diatrechōn, matēn de ho pasas pepoiēkōs »ek neotētos« tas nomimous entolas para allou aitei gonypetōn athanasian.
If the law of Moses had been able to provide eternal life, the Savior himself would have come and suffered for us in vain, running through the course of humanity from birth to the sign of the cross; and in vain would the one who had done all the commandments of the law “from his youth” kneel and ask immortality from another.
8.3Stählin 3:165
οὐδὲ γὰρ πεπλήρωκε μόνον τὸν νόμον, ἀλλὰ καὶ εὐθὺς ἀπὸ πρώτης ἡλικίας ἀρξάμενος· ἐπεὶ καὶ τί μέγα ἢ ὑπέρλαμπρον γῆρας ἄγονον ἀδικημάτων ὧν ἐπιθυμίαι τίκτουσι νεανικαὶ ἢ ὀργὴ ζέουσα ἢ ἔρως χρημάτων; ἀλλʼ εἴ τις ἐν σκιρτήματι νεοτησίῳ καὶ τῷ καύσωνι τῆς ἡλικίας παρέσχηται φρόνημα πεπανὸν καὶ πρεσβύτερον τοῦ χρόνου, θαυμαστὸς οὗτος ἀγωνιστὴς καὶ διαπρεπὴς καὶ τὴν γνώμην πολιός.
oude gar peplērōke monon ton nomon, alla kai euthys apo prōtēs hēlikias arxamenos; epei kai ti mega ē hyperlampron gēras agonon adikēmatōn hōn epithymiai tiktousi neanikai ē orgē zeousa ē erōs chrēmatōn? allʼ ei tis en skirtēmati neotēsiǭ kai tǭ kausōni tēs hēlikias pareschētai phronēma pepanon kai presbyteron tou chronou, thaumastos houtos agōnistēs kai diaprepēs kai tēn gnōmēn polios.
For he had not only fulfilled the law but had begun doing so from his earliest age. For what is great or splendid about an old age that bears none of the wrongs that youthful desires, boiling anger, or love of money produce? But if someone in the leaping of youth and the heat of that age has shown a mind ripe and older than his years, he is a marvelous contestant, distinguished, and gray-haired in judgment.
8.4Stählin 3:165
ἀλλʼ ὅμως οὗτος ὁ τοιοῦτος ἀκριβῶς πέπεισται, διότι αὐτῷ πρὸς μὲν δικαιοσύνην οὐδὲν ἐνδεῖ, ζωῆς δὲ ὅλως προσδεῖ· διὸ αὐτὴν αἰτεῖ παρὰ τοῦ δοῦναι μόνου δυναμένου· καὶ πρὸς μὲν τὸν νόμον ἄγει παρρησίαν, τοῦ θεοῦ δὲ τὸν υἱὸν ἱκετεύει.
allʼ homōs houtos ho toioutos akribōs pepeistai, dioti autǭ pros men dikaiosynēn ouden endei, zōēs de holōs prosdei; dio autēn aitei para tou dounai monou dynamenou; kai pros men ton nomon agei parrēsian, tou theou de ton huion hiketeuei.
Yet this man is fully persuaded that he lacks nothing for righteousness, but lacks life altogether; so he asks for it from the one who alone can give it. Toward the law he has confidence, but he supplicates the Son of God.
8.5Stählin 3:165
»ἐκ πίστεως εἰς πίστιν« μετατάσσεται· ὡς σφαλερῶς ἐν νόμῳ σαλεύων καὶ ἐπικινδύνως ναυλοχῶν εἰς τὸν σωτῆρα μεθορμίζεται.
»ek pisteōs eis pistin« metatassetai; hōs sphalerōs en nomǭ saleuōn kai epikindynōs naulochōn eis ton sōtēra methormizetai.
He passes “from faith to faith”; as one tossing dangerously in the law and lying at anchor in peril, he moves his anchorage to the Savior.
Chapter 9
9.1Stählin 3:165
Ὁ γοῦν Ἰησοῦς οὐκ ἐλέγχει μὲν αὐτὸν ὡς πάντα τὰ ἐκ νόμου μὴ πεπληρωκότα, ἀλλὰ καὶ ἀγαπᾷ καὶ ὑπερασπάζεται τῆς ἐν οἷς ἔμαθεν εὐπειθείας, ἀτελῆ δὲ εἶναί φησιν ὡς πρὸς τὴν αἰώνιον ζωήν, ὡς οὐ τέλεια πεπληρωκότα καὶ νόμου μὲν ἐργάτην, ἀργὸν δὲ ζωῆς ἀληθινῆς. καλὰ μὲν οὖν κἀκεῖνα (τίς δʼ οὔ φησιν;
Ho goun Iēsous ouk elenchei men auton hōs panta ta ek nomou mē peplērōkota, alla kai agapą kai hyperaspazetai tēs en hois emathen eupeitheias, atelē de einai phēsin hōs pros tēn aiōnion zōēn, hōs ou teleia peplērōkota kai nomou men ergatēn, argon de zōēs alēthinēs. kala men oun kakeina (tis dʼ ou phēsin?
At any rate, Jesus does not rebuke him as though he had not fulfilled all the things of the law; he loves him and warmly welcomes his obedience in what he had learned. But he says he is imperfect with respect to eternal life, as one who had not done perfect things, a worker of the law but idle in regard to true life. Those things too are good (who denies it?
9.2Stählin 3:165
ἡ γὰρ »ἐντολὴ ἁγία«) ἄχρι παιδαγωγίας τινὸς μετὰ φόβου καὶ προπαιδείας ἐπὶ τὴν τοῦ Ἰησοῦ νομοθεσίαν τὴν ἄκραν καὶ χάριν προχωροῦντα. πλήρωμα δὲ »νόμου Χριστὸς εἰς δικαιοσύνην παντὶ τῷ πιστεύοντι«, οὐχὶ δὲ δούλους ποιῶν ὡς δοῦλος, ἀλλὰ καὶ υἱοὺς καὶ ἀδελφοὺς καὶ συγκληρονόμους τοὺς ἐπιτελοῦντας τὸ θέλημα τοῦ πατρός.
hē gar »entolē hagia«) achri paidagōgias tinos meta phobou kai propaideias epi tēn tou Iēsou nomothesian tēn akran kai charin prochōrounta. plērōma de »nomou Christos eis dikaiosynēn panti tǭ pisteuonti«, ouchi de doulous poiōn hōs doulos, alla kai huious kai adelphous kai synklēronomous tous epitelountas to thelēma tou patros.
for “the commandment is holy”), as far as a kind of instruction with fear and preliminary training, advancing toward the supreme legislation and grace of Jesus. But “Christ is the fulfillment of the law for righteousness to everyone who believes,” not making slaves as a slave does, but sons and brothers and joint heirs, those who do the will of the Father.
Chapter 10
10.1Stählin 3:165
»Εἰ θέλεις τέλειος γενέσθαι.« οὐκ ἄρα πω τέλειος ἦν· οὐδὲν γὰρ τελείου τελειότερον. καὶ θείως τὸ »εἰ θέλεις« τὸ αὐτεξούσιον τῆς προσδιαλεγομένης αὐτῷ ψυχῆς ἐδήλωσεν. ἐπὶ τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ γὰρ ἦν ἡ αἵρεσις ὡς ἐλευθέρῳ, ἐπὶ θεῷ δὲ ἡ δόσις ὡς κυρίῳ.
»Ei theleis teleios genesthai.« ouk ara pō teleios ēn; ouden gar teleiou teleioteron. kai theiōs to »ei theleis« to autexousion tēs prosdialegomenēs autǭ psychēs edēlōsen. epi tǭ anthrōpǭ gar ēn hē hairesis hōs eleutherǭ, epi theǭ de hē dosis hōs kyriǭ.
“If you wish to be perfect.” So he was not yet perfect, for nothing is more perfect than the perfect. And divinely the words “if you wish” showed the free will of the soul conversing with him. For the choice lay with the man, as free, but the gift with God, as Lord.
10.2Stählin 3:165–166
δίδωσι δὲ βουλομένοις καὶ ὑπερεσπουδακόσι καὶ δεομένοις, ἵνʼ οὕτως ἴδιον αὐτῶν ἡ σωτηρία γένηται. οὐ γὰρ ἀναγκάζει ὁ θεός, βία γὰρ ἐχθρὸν θεῷ, ἀλλὰ τοῖς ζητοῦσι πορίζει καὶ τοῖς αἰτοῦσι παρέχει καὶ τοῖς κρούουσιν ἀνοίγει.
didōsi de boulomenois kai hyperespoudakosi kai deomenois, hinʼ houtōs idion autōn hē sōtēria genētai. ou gar anankazei ho theos, bia gar echthron theǭ, alla tois zētousi porizei kai tois aitousi parechei kai tois krouousin anoigei.
He gives to those who wish, who are very earnest, and who ask, so that salvation may thus become their own. For God does not compel (force is hateful to God), but provides for those who seek, gives to those who ask, and opens to those who knock.
10.3Stählin 3:166
εἰ θέλεις οὖν, εἰ ὄντως θέλεις καὶ μὴ ἑαυτὸν ἐξαπατᾷς, κτῆσαι τὸ ἐνδέον. »ἕν σοι λείπει«, τὸ ἕν, τὸ ἐμόν. τὸ ἀγαθόν. τὸ ἤδη ὑπὲρ νόμον. ὅπερ νόμος οὐ δίδωσιν. ὅπερ νόμος οὐ χωρεῖ, ὃ τῶν ζώντων ἴδιόν ἐστιν.
ei theleis oun, ei ontōs theleis kai mē heauton exapatąs, ktēsai to endeon. »hen soi leipei«, to hen, to emon. to agathon. to ēdē hyper nomon. hoper nomos ou didōsin. hoper nomos ou chōrei, ho tōn zōntōn idion estin.
If you wish, then, if you truly wish and are not deceiving yourself, acquire what is lacking. “One thing you lack”: the one thing, the thing that is mine, the good, what is already beyond the law, what the law does not give, what the law does not contain, what belongs to those who live.
10.4Stählin 3:166
ἀμέλει ὁ πάντα τὰ τοῦ νόμου πληρώσας »ἐκ νεότητος« καὶ τὰ ὑπέρογκα φρυαξάμενος τὸ ἓν τοῦτο προσθεῖναι τοῖς ὅλοις οὐ δεδύνηται. τὸ τοῦ σωτῆρος ἐξαίρετον, ἵνα λάβῃ ζωὴν αἰώνιον, ἣν ποθεῖ· ἀλλὰ δυσχεράνας ἀπῆλθεν, ἀχθεσθεὶς τῷ παραγγέλματι τῆς ζωῆς.
amelei ho panta ta tou nomou plērōsas »ek neotētos« kai ta hyperonka phryaxamenos to hen touto prostheinai tois holois ou dedynētai. to tou sōtēros exaireton, hina labę̄ zōēn aiōnion, hēn pothei; alla dyscheranas apēlthen, achthestheis tǭ parangelmati tēs zōēs.
Indeed, the one who had fulfilled all the things of the law “from his youth” and boasted of extraordinary things was unable to add this one thing to them all, the Savior's special gift, so as to receive the eternal life he longed for. Instead he went away displeased, vexed at the commandment of the life
10.5Stählin 3:166
ὑπὲρ ἧς ἱκέτευεν. οὐ γὰρ ἀληθῶς ζωὴν ἤθελεν, ὡς ἔφασκεν, ἀλλὰ δόξαν προαιρέσεως ἀγαθῆς μόνην περιεβάλλετο.
hyper hēs hiketeuen. ou gar alēthōs zōēn ēthelen, hōs ephasken, alla doxan proaireseōs agathēs monēn perieballeto.
for which he was pleading. For he did not truly want life, as he claimed, but was only clothing himself with the reputation of a good intention.
10.6Stählin 3:166
καὶ περὶ πολλὰ μὲν οἷός τε ἦν ἀσχολεῖσθαι, τὸ δὲ ἕν, τὸ τῆς ζωῆς ἔργον, ἀδύνατος καὶ ἀπρόθυμος καὶ ἀσθενὴς ἐκτελεῖν· ὁποῖόν τι καὶ πρὸς τὴν Μάρθαν εἶπεν ὁ σωτὴρ ἀσχολουμένην περὶ πολλὰ καὶ περιελκομένην καὶ ταρασσομένην διακονικῶς, τὴν δὲ ἀδελφὴν αἰτιωμένην, ὅτι τὸ ὑπηρετεῖν ἀπολιποῦσα τοῖς ποσὶν αὐτοῦ παρακάθηται μαθητικὴν ἄγουσα σχολήν· »σὺ περὶ πολλὰ ταράσσῃ· Μαρία δὲ τὴν ἀγαθὴν μερίδα ἐξελέξατο, καὶ οὐκ ἀφαιρεθήσεται αὐτῆς.«
kai peri polla men hoios te ēn ascholeisthai, to de hen, to tēs zōēs ergon, adynatos kai aprothymos kai asthenēs ektelein; hopoion ti kai pros tēn Marthan eipen ho sōtēr ascholoumenēn peri polla kai perielkomenēn kai tarassomenēn diakonikōs, tēn de adelphēn aitiōmenēn, hoti to hypēretein apolipousa tois posin autou parakathētai mathētikēn agousa scholēn; »sy peri polla tarassę̄; Maria de tēn agathēn merida exelexato, kai ouk aphairethēsetai autēs.«
He was able to busy himself with many things, but the one thing, the work of life, he was powerless, unwilling, and too weak to accomplish. It was something like what the Savior said to Martha, who was busy with many things, distracted and troubled with serving, and who blamed her sister because she had left the serving and sat at his feet, spending her time as a disciple: “You are troubled about many things; but Mary has chosen the good portion, and it will not be taken away from her.”
10.7Stählin 3:166
οὕτως καὶ τοῦτον ἐκέλευε τῆς πολυπραγμοσύνης ἀφέμενον ἑνὶ προστετηκέναι καὶ προσκαθέζεσθαι, τῇ χάριτι τοῦ ζωὴν αἰώνιον προστιθέντος.
houtōs kai touton ekeleue tēs polypragmosynēs aphemenon heni prostetēkenai kai proskathezesthai, tę̄ chariti tou zōēn aiōnion prostithentos.
So too he told this man to let go of his busyness and cling and sit close to the one thing, the grace of him who adds eternal life.
Chapter 11
11.1Stählin 3:166
Τί τοίνυν ἦν τὸ προτρεψάμενον αὐτὸν εἰς φυγὴν καὶ ποιῆσαν ἀπαυτομολῆσαι τοῦ διδασκάλου, τῆς ἱκετείας. τῆς ἐλπίδος, τῆς ζωῆς, τῶν προπεπονημένων;
Ti toinyn ēn to protrepsamenon auton eis phygēn kai poiēsan apautomolēsai tou didaskalou, tēs hiketeias. tēs elpidos, tēs zōēs, tōn propeponēmenōn?
What, then, was it that drove him to flight and made him desert the Teacher, his supplication, his hope, his life, his previous labors?
11.2Stählin 3:166
»πώλησον τὰ ὑπάρχοντά σου.« τί δὲ τοῦτό ἐστιν; οὐχ ὃ προχείρως δέχονταί τινες, τὴν ὑπάρχουσαν οὐσίαν ἀπορρῖψαι προστάσσει καὶ ἀποστῆναι τῶν χρημάτων, ἀλλὰ τὰ δόγματα τὰ περὶ χρημάτων ἐξορίσαι τῆς ψυχῆς, τὴν πρὸς αὐτὰ συμπάθειαν. τὴν ὑπεράγαν ἐπιθυμίαν, τὴν περὶ αὐτὰ πτοίαν καὶ νόσον, τὰς μερίμνας, τὰς ἀκάνθας τοῦ βίου, αἳ τὸ σπέρμα τῆς ζωῆς συμπνίγουσιν.
»pōlēson ta hyparchonta sou.« ti de touto estin? ouch ho procheirōs dechontai tines, tēn hyparchousan ousian aporripsai prostassei kai apostēnai tōn chrēmatōn, alla ta dogmata ta peri chrēmatōn exorisai tēs psychēs, tēn pros auta sympatheian. tēn hyperagan epithymian, tēn peri auta ptoian kai noson, tas merimnas, tas akanthas tou biou, hai to sperma tēs zōēs sympnigousin.
“Sell your possessions.” What is this? It is not what some hastily take it to mean, that he commands us to throw away the property we have and give up our money; but to banish from the soul its opinions about money, its attachment to it, its excessive desire, its excitement and disease over it, its anxieties, the thorns of life that choke the seed of life.
11.3Stählin 3:166–167
οὔτε γὰρ μέγα καὶ ζηλωτὸν τὸ τηνάλλως ἀπορεῖν χρημάτων μὴ οὐκ ἐπὶ λόγῳ ζωῆς (οὕτω μέν γʼ ἂν ἦσαν οἱ μηδὲν ἔχοντες μηδαμῇ, ἀλλὰ ἔρημοι καὶ μεταῖται τῶν ἐφʼ ἡμέραν, οἱ κατὰ τὰς ὁδοὺς ἐρριμμένοι πτωχοί, »ἀγνοοῦντες« δὲ θεὸν καὶ »δικαιοσύνην θεοῦ«, κατʼ αὐτὸ μόνον τὸ ἄκρως ἀπορεῖν καὶ ἀμηχανεῖν βίου καὶ τῶν ἐλαχίστων σπανίζειν μακαριώτατοι καὶ θεοφιλέστατοι καὶ μόνοι ζωὴν ἔχοντες
oute gar mega kai zēlōton to tēnallōs aporein chrēmatōn mē ouk epi logǭ zōēs (houtō men gʼ an ēsan hoi mēden echontes mēdamę̄, alla erēmoi kai metaitai tōn ephʼ hēmeran, hoi kata tas hodous errimmenoi ptōchoi, »agnoountes« de theon kai »dikaiosynēn theou«, katʼ auto monon to akrōs aporein kai amēchanein biou kai tōn elachistōn spanizein makariōtatoi kai theophilestatoi kai monoi zōēn echontes
For it is nothing great or enviable simply to lack money without a reason connected with life. (Otherwise those who have nothing at all, destitute and beggars for their daily bread, the poor lying along the roads, “not knowing” God and “the righteousness of God,” would be most blessed and most beloved of God and the only ones to have eternal life,
11.4Stählin 3:167
αἰώνιον) οὔτε καινὸν τὸ ἀπείπασθαι πλοῦτον καὶ χαρίσασθαι πτωχοῖς ἢ πατρίσιν, ὃ πολλοὶ πρὸ τῆς τοῦ σωτῆρος καθόδου πεποιήκασιν, οἳ μὲν τῆς εἰς λόγους σχολῆς καὶ νεκρᾶς σοφίας ἕνεκεν. οἳ δὲ φήμης κενῆς καὶ κενοδοξίας, Ἀναξαγόραι καὶ Δημόκριτοι καὶ Κράτητες.
aiōnion) oute kainon to apeipasthai plouton kai charisasthai ptōchois ē patrisin, ho polloi pro tēs tou sōtēros kathodou pepoiēkasin, hoi men tēs eis logous scholēs kai nekras sophias heneken. hoi de phēmēs kenēs kai kenodoxias, Anaxagorai kai Dēmokritoi kai Kratētes.
simply because they are utterly without resources and means of life and short of the smallest necessities.) Nor is it new to renounce wealth and give it to the poor or to one's country, which many did before the Savior's coming, some for the sake of leisure for letters and dead wisdom, others for empty fame and vainglory: men like Anaxagoras, Democritus, and Crates.
Chapter 12
12.1Stählin 3:167
Τί οὖν ὡς καινὸν καὶ ἴδιον θεοῦ παραγγέλλει καὶ μόνον ζωοποιοῦν, ὃ τοὺς προτέρους οὐκ ἔσωσεν; εἰ δὲ ἐξαίρετόν τι ἡ »καινὴ κτίσις«, ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ θεοῦ, μηνύει καὶ διδάσκει, οὐ τὸ φαινόμενον, ὅπερ ἄλλοι πεποιήκασι, παρεγγυᾷ, ἀλλʼ ἕτερόν τι διὰ τούτου σημαινόμενον μεῖζον καὶ θειότερον καὶ τελεώτερον, τὸ τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτὴν καὶ τὴν διάθεσιν γυμνῶσαι τῶν ὑπόντων παθῶν καὶ πρόρριζα τὰ ἀλλότρια τῆς γνώμης ἐκτεμεῖν καὶ ἐκβαλεῖν. τοῦτο γὰρ ἴδιον μὲν τοῦ πιστοῦ τὸ μάθημα.
Ti oun hōs kainon kai idion theou parangellei kai monon zōopoioun, ho tous proterous ouk esōsen? ei de exaireton ti hē »kainē ktisis«, ho huios tou theou, mēnyei kai didaskei, ou to phainomenon, hoper alloi pepoiēkasi, parengyą, allʼ heteron ti dia toutou sēmainomenon meizon kai theioteron kai teleōteron, to tēn psychēn autēn kai tēn diathesin gymnōsai tōn hypontōn pathōn kai prorriza ta allotria tēs gnōmēs ektemein kai ekbalein. touto gar idion men tou pistou to mathēma.
Why, then, does he command as new, proper to God, and alone life-giving what did not save those before? If “the new creation,” the Son of God, reveals and teaches something special, he does not enjoin the visible act, which others have done, but something else signified by it, greater, more divine, and more perfect: to strip the soul itself and its disposition of the passions that lie hidden in it, and to cut out by the roots and cast away what is alien to the mind. This is the lesson proper to the believer,
12.2Stählin 3:167
ἄξιον δὲ τοῦ σωτῆρος τὸ δίδαγμα. οἱ γάρ τοι πρότεροι, καταφρονήσαντες τῶν ἐκτός, τὰ μὲν κτήματα ἀφῆκαν καὶ παραπώλεσαν, τὰ δὲ πάθη τῶν ψυχῶν οἶμαι ὅτι καὶ προσεπέτειναν· ἐν ὑπεροψίᾳ γὰρ ἐγένοντο καὶ ἀλαζονείᾳ καὶ κενοδοξίᾳ καὶ περιφρονήσει τῶν ἄλλων ἀνθρώπων ὡς αὐτοί τι ὑπὲρ ἄνθρωπον ἐργασάμενοι.
axion de tou sōtēros to didagma. hoi gar toi proteroi, kataphronēsantes tōn ektos, ta men ktēmata aphēkan kai parapōlesan, ta de pathē tōn psychōn oimai hoti kai prosepeteinan; en hyperopsią gar egenonto kai alazoneią kai kenodoxią kai periphronēsei tōn allōn anthrōpōn hōs autoi ti hyper anthrōpon ergasamenoi.
and the teaching worthy of the Savior. For those before, who despised external things, let go and got rid of their possessions, but I think they even increased the passions of their souls; for they fell into arrogance, boastfulness, vainglory, and contempt for other people, as though they themselves had done something beyond human.
12.3Stählin 3:167
πῶς ἂν οὖν ὁ σωτὴρ παρῄνει τοῖς εἰς ἀεὶ βιωσομένοις τὰ βλάψοντα καὶ λυμανούμενα πρὸς τὴν ζωήν, ἣν ἐπαγγέλλεται;
pōs an oun ho sōtēr parę̄nei tois eis aei biōsomenois ta blapsonta kai lymanoumena pros tēn zōēn, hēn epangelletai?
How then would the Savior recommend to those who are to live forever things that would harm and damage them with regard to the life he promises?
12.4Stählin 3:167
καὶ γὰρ αὖ κἀκεῖνό ἐστι· δύναταί τις ἀποφορτισάμενος τὴν κτῆσιν οὐδὲν ἧττον ἔτι τὴν ἐπιθυμίαν καὶ τὴν ὄρεξιν τῶν χρημάτων ἔχειν ἐντετηκυῖαν καὶ συζῶσαν καὶ τὴν μὲν χρῆσιν ἀποβεβληκέναι, ἀπορῶν δὲ ἅμα καὶ ποθῶν ἅπερ ἐσπάθησε διπλῇ λυπεῖσθαι, καὶ τῇ τῆς ὑπηρεσίας ἀπουσίᾳ καὶ τῇ
kai gar au kakeino esti; dynatai tis apophortisamenos tēn ktēsin ouden hētton eti tēn epithymian kai tēn orexin tōn chrēmatōn echein entetēkuian kai syzōsan kai tēn men chrēsin apobeblēkenai, aporōn de hama kai pothōn haper espathēse diplę̄ lypeisthai, kai tę̄ tēs hypēresias apousią kai tę̄
And there is this too: one can unload one's property and still have the desire and craving for money no less, rooted and living in one; one can have lost the use of it, yet, being in want and longing for what one squandered, be doubly grieved, both by the absence of its service and by
12.5Stählin 3:167
τῆς μετανοίας συνουσίᾳ. ἀνέφικτον γὰρ καὶ ἀμήχανον δεόμενον τῶν πρὸς τὸ βιοτεύειν ἀναγκαίων μὴ οὐ κατακλᾶσθαι τὴν γνώμην καὶ ἀσχολίαν ἄγειν ἀπὸ τῶν κρειττόνων, ὁπωσοῦν καὶ ὁθενοῦν ταῦτα πειρώμενον ἐκπορίζειν.
tēs metanoias synousią. anephikton gar kai amēchanon deomenon tōn pros to bioteuein anankaiōn mē ou kataklasthai tēn gnōmēn kai ascholian agein apo tōn kreittonōn, hopōsoun kai hothenoun tauta peirōmenon ekporizein.
the company of regret. For it is unattainable and impossible for one who lacks the necessities of life not to be broken in mind and distracted from better things, trying to procure them by any means and from any source.
Chapter 13
13.1Stählin 3:167–168
Καὶ πόσῳ χρησιμώτερον τὸ ἐναντίον, ἱκανὰ κεκτημένον αὐτόν τε περὶ τὴν κτῆσιν μὴ κακοπαθεῖν καὶ οἷς καθῆκεν ἐπικουρεῖν; τίς γὰρ ἂν κοινωνία καταλείποιτο παρὰ ἀνθρώποις, εἰ μηδεὶς ἔχοι μηδέν;
Kai posǭ chrēsimōteron to enantion, hikana kektēmenon auton te peri tēn ktēsin mē kakopathein kai hois kathēken epikourein? tis gar an koinōnia kataleipoito para anthrōpois, ei mēdeis echoi mēden?
And how much more useful is the opposite: that one who possesses enough should not himself suffer want in the matter of possessions, and should help those whom it is fitting to help? For what sharing would be left among people if no one had anything?
13.2Stählin 3:168
πῶς δʼ ἂν τοῦτο τὸ δόγμα πολλοῖς ἄλλοις καὶ καλοῖς τοῦ κυρίου δόγμασιν οὐχὶ φανερῶς ἐναντιούμενον εὑρίσκοιτο καὶ μαχόμενον;
pōs dʼ an touto to dogma pollois allois kai kalois tou kyriou dogmasin ouchi phanerōs enantioumenon heuriskoito kai machomenon?
How would this doctrine not be found plainly contradicting and fighting against many other fine doctrines of the Lord?
13.3Stählin 3:168
»ποιήσατε ἑαυτοῖς φίλους ἐκ τοῦ μαμωνᾶ τῆς ἀδικίας, ἵνʼ ὅταν ἐκλίπῃ, δέξωνται ὑμᾶς εἰς τὰς αἰωνίους σκηνάς.« »κτήσασθε θησαυροὺς ἐν οὐρανῷ, ὅπου μήτε σὴς μήτε βρῶσις ἀφανίζει μήτε κλέπται διορύσσουσι.«
»poiēsate heautois philous ek tou mamōna tēs adikias, hinʼ hotan eklipę̄, dexōntai hymas eis tas aiōnious skēnas.« »ktēsasthe thēsaurous en ouranǭ, hopou mēte sēs mēte brōsis aphanizei mēte kleptai dioryssousi.«
“Make friends for yourselves by means of the mammon of unrighteousness, so that when it fails they may receive you into the eternal dwellings.” “Store up for yourselves treasures in heaven, where neither moth nor rust destroys, nor thieves break in.”
13.4Stählin 3:168
πῶς ἄν τις πεινῶντα τρέφοι καὶ διψῶντα ποτίζοι καὶ γυμνὸν σκεπάζοι καὶ ἄστεγον συνάγοι, ἃ τοῖς μὴ ποιήσασιν ἀπειλεῖ πῦρ καὶ σκότος τὸ ἐξώτερον, εἰ πάντων αὐτὸς ἕκαστος φθάνοι τούτων ὑστερῶν;
pōs an tis peinōnta trephoi kai dipsōnta potizoi kai gymnon skepazoi kai astegon synagoi, ha tois mē poiēsasin apeilei pyr kai skotos to exōteron, ei pantōn autos hekastos phthanoi toutōn hysterōn?
How could anyone feed the hungry, give drink to the thirsty, clothe the naked, and take in the homeless, for failing to do which he threatens fire and the outer darkness, if each person were already lacking all these things himself?
13.5Stählin 3:168
ἀλλὰ μὴν αὐτός τε ἐπιξενοῦται Ζακχαίῳ καὶ Λευεὶ καὶ Ματθαίῳ τοῖς πλουσίοις καὶ τελώναις, καὶ τὰ μὲν χρήματα αὐτοὺς οὐ κελεύει μεθεῖναι, τὴν δὲ δικαίαν χρῆσιν ἐπιθεὶς καὶ τὴν ἄδικον ἀφελὼν καταγγέλλει·
alla mēn autos te epixenoutai Zakchaiǭ kai Leuei kai Matthaiǭ tois plousiois kai telōnais, kai ta men chrēmata autous ou keleuei metheinai, tēn de dikaian chrēsin epitheis kai tēn adikon aphelōn katangellei;
But in fact he himself is a guest of Zacchaeus and of Levi and Matthew, rich men and tax collectors, and he does not command them to give up their money; rather, imposing its just use and removing the unjust, he announces:
13.6Stählin 3:168
»σήμερον σωτηρία τῷ οἴκῳ τούτῳ.« οὕτω τὴν χρείαν αὐτῶν ἐπαινεῖ, ὥστε καὶ μετὰ τῆς προσθήκης ταύτης τὴν κοινωνίαν ἐπιτάσσει, ποτίζειν τὸν διψῶντα, ἄρτον διδόναι τῷ πεινῶντι, ὑποδέχεσθαι τὸν ἄστεγον, ἀμφιεννύναι τὸν γυμνόν.
»sēmeron sōtēria tǭ oikǭ toutǭ.« houtō tēn chreian autōn epainei, hōste kai meta tēs prosthēkēs tautēs tēn koinōnian epitassei, potizein ton dipsōnta, arton didonai tǭ peinōnti, hypodechesthai ton astegon, amphiennynai ton gymnon.
“Today salvation has come to this house.” He so praises their use of it that with this addition he also enjoins sharing: to give drink to the thirsty, bread to the hungry, to receive the homeless, to clothe the naked.
13.7Stählin 3:168
εἰ δὲ τὰς χρείας οὐχ οἷόν τε ἐκπληροῦν ταύτας μὴ ἀπὸ χρημάτων, τῶν δὲ χρημάτων ἀφίστασθαι κελεύει, τί ἂν ἕτερον εἴη ποιῶν ὁ κύριος ἢ τὰ αὐτὰ διδόναι τε καὶ μὴ διδόναι παραινῶν, τρέφειν καὶ μὴ τρέφειν, ὑποδέχεσθαι καὶ ἀποκλείειν, κοινωνεῖν καὶ μὴ κοινωνεῖν, ὅπερ ἁπάντων ἀλογώτατον. Οὐκ ἄρα ἀπορριπτέον τὰ καὶ τοὺς πέλας ὠφελοῦντα χρήματα·
ei de tas chreias ouch hoion te ekplēroun tautas mē apo chrēmatōn, tōn de chrēmatōn aphistasthai keleuei, ti an heteron eiē poiōn ho kyrios ē ta auta didonai te kai mē didonai parainōn, trephein kai mē trephein, hypodechesthai kai apokleiein, koinōnein kai mē koinōnein, hoper hapantōn alogōtaton. Ouk ara aporripteon ta kai tous pelas ōphelounta chrēmata;
But if these needs cannot be met except from money, and he commands us to give up money, what else would the Lord be doing but advising us both to give and not to give the same things, to feed and not to feed, to receive and to shut out, to share and not to share, which is the most absurd of all? So money that benefits one's neighbors too is not to be thrown away;
Chapter 14
14.1Stählin 3:168
κτήματα γάρ ἐστι κτητὰ ὄντα καὶ χρήματα χρήσιμα ὄντα καὶ εἰς χρῆσιν ἀνθρώπων ὑπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ παρεσκευασμένα, ἃ δὴ παράκειται καὶ ὑποβέβληται καθάπερ ὕλη τις καὶ ὄργανα πρὸς χρῆσιν ἀγαθὴν τοῖς εἰδόσι.
ktēmata gar esti ktēta onta kai chrēmata chrēsima onta kai eis chrēsin anthrōpōn hypo tou theou pareskeuasmena, ha dē parakeitai kai hypobeblētai kathaper hylē tis kai organa pros chrēsin agathēn tois eidosi.
for they are possessions because they are possessed, and goods because they are useful and prepared by God for the use of human beings. They lie at hand and are placed under us like material and instruments for good use by those who know how.
14.2Stählin 3:168
τὸ ὄργανον, ἐὰν χρῇ τεχνικῶς, τεχνικόν ἐστιν, ἐὰν ὑστερῇς τῆς τέχνης, ἀπολαύει τῆς σῆς ἀμουσίας, ὂν ἀναίτιον.
to organon, ean chrę̄ technikōs, technikon estin, ean hysterę̄s tēs technēs, apolauei tēs sēs amousias, on anaition.
If you use an instrument skillfully, it is skillful; if you fall short in skill, it shares in your lack of art, though it is not to blame.
14.3Stählin 3:168
τοιοῦτον καὶ ὁ πλοῦτος ὄργανόν ἐστι.
toiouton kai ho ploutos organon esti.
Wealth too is such an instrument.
14.4Stählin 3:168–169
δύνασαι χρῆσθαι δικαίως αὐτῷ· πρὸς δικαιοσύνην καθυπηρετεῖ· ἀδίκως τις αὐτῷ χρῆται· πάλιν ὑπηρέτης ἀδικίας εὑρίσκεται· πέφυκε γὰρ ὑπηρετεῖν, ἀλλʼ οὐκ ἄρχειν. οὐ χρὴ τοίνυν τὸ ἐξ ἑαυτοῦ μὴ ἔχον μήτε τὸ ἀγαθὸν μήτε τὸ κακόν. ἀναίτιον ὄν, αἰτιᾶσθαι, ἀλλὰ τὸ δυνάμενον καὶ καλῶς τούτοις χρῆσθαι καὶ κακῶς, ἀφʼ ὧν ἂν ἕληται, κατʼ αὐτὸ τοῦτο αἴτιον ὄν. τοῦτο δʼ ἐστὶ νοῦς ἀνθρώπου.
dynasai chrēsthai dikaiōs autǭ; pros dikaiosynēn kathypēretei; adikōs tis autǭ chrētai; palin hypēretēs adikias heurisketai; pephyke gar hypēretein, allʼ ouk archein. ou chrē toinyn to ex heautou mē echon mēte to agathon mēte to kakon. anaition on, aitiasthai, alla to dynamenon kai kalōs toutois chrēsthai kai kakōs, aphʼ hōn an helētai, katʼ auto touto aition on. touto dʼ esti nous anthrōpou.
You can use it justly: it serves righteousness. Someone uses it unjustly: again it is found a servant of injustice. For its nature is to serve, not to rule. We must not, then, blame what has in itself neither good nor evil and is not responsible, but what is able to use these things both well and badly, according to what it chooses, and is responsible for that very reason. And this is the human mind,
14.5Stählin 3:169
καὶ κριτήριον ἐλεύθερον ἔχων ἐν ἑαυτῷ καὶ τὸ αὐτεξούσιον τῆς μεταχειρίσεως τῶν δοθέντων· ὥστε μὴ τὰ κτήματά τις ἀφανιζέτω μᾶλλον ἢ τὰ πάθη τῆς ψυχῆς, τὰ μὴ συγχωροῦντα τὴν ἀμείνω χρῆσιν τῶν ὑπαρχόντων.
kai kritērion eleutheron echōn en heautǭ kai to autexousion tēs metacheiriseōs tōn dothentōn; hōste mē ta ktēmata tis aphanizetō mallon ē ta pathē tēs psychēs, ta mē synchōrounta tēn ameinō chrēsin tōn hyparchontōn.
which has in itself free judgment and free will in handling what has been given it. So let no one destroy his possessions, but rather the passions of the soul, which do not allow the better use of what one has,
14.6Stählin 3:169
ἵνα καλὸς καὶ ἀγαθὸς γενόμενος καὶ τούτοις τοῖς κτήμασι χρῆσθαι δυνηθῇ καλῶς. τὸ οὖν ἀποτάξασθαι πᾶσι τοῖς ὑπάρχουσι καὶ πωλῆσαι πάντα τὰ ὑπάρχοντα τοῦτον τὸν τρόπον ἐκδεκτέον ὡς ἐπὶ τῶν ψυχικῶν παθῶν διειρημένον.
hina kalos kai agathos genomenos kai toutois tois ktēmasi chrēsthai dynēthę̄ kalōs. to oun apotaxasthai pasi tois hyparchousi kai pōlēsai panta ta hyparchonta touton ton tropon ekdekteon hōs epi tōn psychikōn pathōn dieirēmenon.
so that, having become noble and good, he may be able to use these possessions nobly too. To renounce all one's possessions, then, and sell all that one has, must be understood in this way, as spoken of the passions of the soul.
Chapter 15
15.1Stählin 3:169
Ἐγὼ γοῦν κἀκεῖνο φήσαιμʼ ἄν· ἐπειδὴ τὰ μὲν ἐντός ἐστι τῆς ψυχῆς, τὰ δὲ ἐκτός, κἂν μὲν ἡ ψυχὴ χρῆται καλῶς. καλὰ καὶ ταῦτα δοκεῖ, ἐὰν δὲ πονηρῶς. πονηρά, ὁ κελεύων ἀπαλλοτριοῦν τὰ ὑπάρχοντα π[ρ]ότερον ταῦτα παραιτεῖται ὧν ἀναιρεθέντων ἔτι τὰ πάθη μένει, ἢ ἐκεῖνα μᾶλλον ὧν ἀναιρεθέντων καὶ τὰ κτήματα χρήσιμα γίνεται;
Egō goun kakeino phēsaimʼ an; epeidē ta men entos esti tēs psychēs, ta de ektos, kan men hē psychē chrētai kalōs. kala kai tauta dokei, ean de ponērōs. ponēra, ho keleuōn apallotrioun ta hyparchonta p[r]oteron tauta paraiteitai hōn anairethentōn eti ta pathē menei, ē ekeina mallon hōn anairethentōn kai ta ktēmata chrēsima ginetai?
I would say this too: since some things are within the soul and others outside it, and the latter also seem good if the soul uses them well and evil if it uses them badly, does the one who commands us to give away our possessions reject the things whose removal still leaves the passions remaining, or rather those whose removal makes possessions too useful?
15.2Stählin 3:169
ὁ τοίνυν ἀποβαλὼν τὴν κοσμικὴν περιουσίαν ἔτι δύναται πλουτεῖν τῶν παθῶν καὶ τῆς ὕλης μὴ παρούσης· ἡ γάρ τοι διάθεσις τὸ αὑτῆς ἐνεργεῖ καὶ τὸν λογισμὸν ἄγχει καὶ πιέζει καὶ φλεγμαίνει ταῖς συντρόφοις ἐπιθυμίαις· οὐδὲν οὖν προὔργου γέγονεν αὐτῷ πτωχεύειν χρημάτων πλουτοῦντι τῶν παθῶν.
ho toinyn apobalōn tēn kosmikēn periousian eti dynatai ploutein tōn pathōn kai tēs hylēs mē parousēs; hē gar toi diathesis to hautēs energei kai ton logismon anchei kai piezei kai phlegmainei tais syntrophois epithymiais; ouden oun prourgou gegonen autǭ ptōcheuein chrēmatōn ploutounti tōn pathōn.
The one who has thrown away his worldly wealth can still be rich in passions, even when their material is absent; for the disposition does its own work, and chokes and oppresses the reason and inflames it with the desires bred with it. So it has done him no good to be poor in money while rich in passions.
15.3Stählin 3:169
οὐ γὰρ τὰ ἀπόβλητα ἀπέβαλεν, ἀλλὰ τὰ ἀδιάφορα, καὶ τῶν μὲν ὑπηρετικῶν ἑαυτὸν περιέκοψεν, ἐξέκαυσε δὲ τὴν ὕλην τῆς κακίας τὴν ἔμφυτον τῇ τῶν ἐκτὸς ἀπορίᾳ.
ou gar ta apoblēta apebalen, alla ta adiaphora, kai tōn men hypēretikōn heauton periekopsen, exekause de tēn hylēn tēs kakias tēn emphyton tę̄ tōn ektos aporią.
For he has not thrown away what should be thrown away, but what is indifferent; he has cut himself off from what serves him, but set on fire the innate material of vice by the lack of external things.
15.4Stählin 3:169
ἀποτακτέον οὖν τοῖς ὑπάρχουσι τοῖς βλαβεροῖς. οὐχὶ τοῖς ἐὰν ἐπίστηταί τις τὴν ὀρθὴν χρῆσιν καὶ συνωφελεῖν δυναμένοις.
apotakteon oun tois hyparchousi tois blaberois. ouchi tois ean epistētai tis tēn orthēn chrēsin kai synōphelein dynamenois.
We must renounce, then, those possessions that are harmful, not those that can also help, if one knows how to use them rightly.
15.5Stählin 3:169
ὠφελεῖ δὲ τὰ μετὰ φρονήσεως καὶ σωφροσύνης καὶ εὐσεβείας οἰκονομούμενα, ἀπωστέα δὲ τὰ ἐπιζήμια· τὰ δὲ ἐκτὸς οὐ βλάπτει.
ōphelei de ta meta phronēseōs kai sōphrosynēs kai eusebeias oikonomoumena, apōstea de ta epizēmia; ta de ektos ou blaptei.
What is managed with prudence, self-control, and godliness is beneficial; what is harmful must be thrust away; external things do not harm.
15.6Stählin 3:169
Οὕτως οὖν ὁ κύριος καὶ τὴν τῶν ἐκτὸς χρείαν εἰσάγει. κελεύων ἀποθέσθαι οὐ τὰ βιωτικά, ἀλλὰ τὰ τούτοις κακῶς χρώμενα· ταῦτα
Houtōs oun ho kyrios kai tēn tōn ektos chreian eisagei. keleuōn apothesthai ou ta biōtika, alla ta toutois kakōs chrōmena; tauta
So the Lord also admits the use of external things, commanding us to put away not the means of living but the things that use them badly; and these
Chapter 16
16.1Stählin 3:169
δὲ ἦν τὰ τῆς ψυχῆς ἀρρωστήματα καὶ πάθη. ὁ τούτων πλοῦτος παρὼν μὲν ἅπασι θανατηφόρος, ἀπολόμενος δὲ σωτήριος· οὗ δεῖ καθαρεύουσαν. τουτέστι πτωχεύουσαν καὶ γυμνήν. τὴν ψυχὴν παρασχόμενον οὕτως ἤδη τοῦ σωτῆρος ἀκοῦσαι λέγοντος· »δεῦρο ἀκολούθει μοι.«
de ēn ta tēs psychēs arrōstēmata kai pathē. ho toutōn ploutos parōn men hapasi thanatēphoros, apolomenos de sōtērios; hou dei kathareuousan. toutesti ptōcheuousan kai gymnēn. tēn psychēn paraschomenon houtōs ēdē tou sōtēros akousai legontos; »deuro akolouthei moi.«
were the infirmities and passions of the soul. The wealth of these, when present, brings death to all; when destroyed, it brings salvation. Of this one must render the soul pure, that is, poor and naked, and so then hear the Savior saying, “Come, follow me.”
16.2Stählin 3:169–170
ὁδὸς γὰρ αὐτὸς ἤδη τῷ καθαρῷ τὴν καρδίαν γίνεται, εἰς δὲ ἀκάθαρτον ψυχὴν θεοῦ χάρις οὐ παραδύεται· ἀκάθαρτος δὲ ἡ πλουτοῦσα τῶν ἐπιθυμιῶν καὶ ὠδίνουσα πολλοῖς ἔρωσι καὶ κοσμικοῖς.
hodos gar autos ēdē tǭ katharǭ tēn kardian ginetai, eis de akatharton psychēn theou charis ou paradyetai; akathartos de hē ploutousa tōn epithymiōn kai ōdinousa pollois erōsi kai kosmikois.
For he himself becomes the way for the pure in heart; but the grace of God does not slip into an impure soul, and impure is the soul that is rich in desires and in labor with many worldly loves.
16.3Stählin 3:170
ὁ μὲν γὰρ ἔχων κτήματα καὶ χρυσὸν καὶ ἄργυρον καὶ οἰκίας ὡς θεοῦ δωρεὰς [καὶ] τῷ τε διδόντι θεῷ λειτουργῶν ἀπʼ αὐτῶν εἰς ἀνθρώπων σωτηρίαν καὶ εἰδὼς ὅτι ταῦτα κέκτηται διὰ τοὺς ἀδελφοὺς μᾶλλον ἢ ἑαυτὸν καὶ κρείττων ὑπάρχων τῆς κτήσεως αὐτῶν, μὴ δοῦλος ὢν ὧν κέκτηται μηδὲ ἐν τῇ ψυχῇ ταῦτα περιφέρων μηδὲ ἐν τούτοις ὁρίζων καὶ περιγράφων τὴν ἑαυτοῦ ζωήν, ἀλλά τι καὶ καλὸν ἔργον καὶ θεῖον ἀεὶ διαπονῶν, κἂν ἀποστερηθῆναι δέῃ ποτὲ τούτων, δυνάμενος ἵλεῳ τῇ γνώμῃ καὶ τὴν ἀπαλλαγὴν αὐτῶν ἐνεγκεῖν ἐξ ἴσου καθάπερ καὶ τὴν περιουσίαν, οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ μακαριζόμενος ὑπὸ τοῦ κυρίου καὶ πτωχὸς τῷ πνεύματι καλούμενος, κληρονόμος ἕτοιμος οὐρανοῦ βασιλείας, οὐ πλούσιος ζῆσαι μὴ δυνάμενος·
ho men gar echōn ktēmata kai chryson kai argyron kai oikias hōs theou dōreas [kai] tǭ te didonti theǭ leitourgōn apʼ autōn eis anthrōpōn sōtērian kai eidōs hoti tauta kektētai dia tous adelphous mallon ē heauton kai kreittōn hyparchōn tēs ktēseōs autōn, mē doulos ōn hōn kektētai mēde en tę̄ psychę̄ tauta peripherōn mēde en toutois horizōn kai perigraphōn tēn heautou zōēn, alla ti kai kalon ergon kai theion aei diaponōn, kan aposterēthēnai deę̄ pote toutōn, dynamenos hileǭ tę̄ gnōmę̄ kai tēn apallagēn autōn enenkein ex isou kathaper kai tēn periousian, houtos estin ho makarizomenos hypo tou kyriou kai ptōchos tǭ pneumati kaloumenos, klēronomos hetoimos ouranou basileias, ou plousios zēsai mē dynamenos;
The one who holds possessions, gold and silver and houses, as gifts of God, and serves God who gave them by using them for the salvation of others; who knows that he possesses them for the sake of the brethren rather than for himself; who is superior to their possession, not a slave to what he possesses, nor carrying them about in his soul, nor defining and limiting his life by them, but always laboring at some fine and divine work; and who, if he must ever be deprived of them, is able to bear their loss with a cheerful mind as calmly as their abundance: this is the one who is blessed by the Lord and called poor in spirit, a ready heir of the kingdom of heaven, not one who is unable to live as a rich man.
Chapter 17
17.1Stählin 3:170
ὁ δὲ ἐν τῇ ψυχῇ τὸν πλοῦτον φέρων καὶ ἀντὶ θεοῦ πνεύματος ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ χρυσὸν φέρων ἢ ἀγρὸν καὶ τὴν κτῆσιν ἄμετρον ἀεὶ ποιῶν καὶ ἑκάστοτε τὸ πλεῖον βλέπων, κάτω νενευκὼς καὶ τοῖς τοῦ κόσμου θηράτροις πεπεδημένος, γῆ ὢν καὶ εἰς γῆν ἀπελευσόμενος, πόθεν δύναται βασιλείας οὐρανῶν ἐπιθυμῆσαι καὶ φροντίσαι. ἄνθρωπος οὐ καρδίαν, ἀλλὰ ἀγρὸν ἢ μέταλλον φορῶν, ἐν τούτοις εὑρεθησόμενος ἐπάναγκες [ἐν] οἷς εἵλετο; »ὅπου γὰρ ὁ νοῦς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου, ἐκεῖ καὶ ὁ θησαυρὸς αὐτοῦ.«
ho de en tę̄ psychę̄ ton plouton pherōn kai anti theou pneumatos en tę̄ kardią chryson pherōn ē agron kai tēn ktēsin ametron aei poiōn kai hekastote to pleion blepōn, katō neneukōs kai tois tou kosmou thēratrois pepedēmenos, gē ōn kai eis gēn apeleusomenos, pothen dynatai basileias ouranōn epithymēsai kai phrontisai. anthrōpos ou kardian, alla agron ē metallon phorōn, en toutois heurethēsomenos epanankes [en] hois heileto? »hopou gar ho nous tou anthrōpou, ekei kai ho thēsauros autou.«
But the one who carries his wealth in his soul, and in his heart, instead of the Spirit of God, carries gold or land, always making his property boundless and forever looking for more, bent downward and fettered by the snares of the world, being earth and destined to go to earth: how can he desire and care for the kingdom of heaven, a man who wears not a heart but a field or a mine, and who must of necessity be found in the things he has chosen? “For where the mind of man is, there is his treasure also.”
17.2Stählin 3:170
Θησαυροὺς δέ γε ὁ κύριος οἶδε διττούς, τὸν μὲν ἀγαθόν, »ὁ« γὰρ »ἀγαθὸς ἄνθρωπος ἐκ τοῦ ἀγαθοῦ θησαυροῦ τῆς καρδίας προφέρει τὸ ἀγαθόν«, τὸν δὲ πονηρόν. »ὁ« γὰρ »κακὸς ἐκ τοῦ κακοῦ θησαυροῦ προφέρει τὸ κακόν, ὅτι ἐκ περισσεύματος τῆς καρδίας τὸ στόμα λαλεῖ.«
Thēsaurous de ge ho kyrios oide dittous, ton men agathon, »ho« gar »agathos anthrōpos ek tou agathou thēsaurou tēs kardias propherei to agathon«, ton de ponēron. »ho« gar »kakos ek tou kakou thēsaurou propherei to kakon, hoti ek perisseumatos tēs kardias to stoma lalei.«
The Lord knows two kinds of treasure: the good, for “the good man brings out good from the good treasure of his heart”; and the evil, for “the evil man brings out evil from the evil treasure, because out of the abundance of the heart the mouth speaks.”
17.3Stählin 3:170
ὥσπερ οὖν θησαυρὸς οὐχ εἷς παρʼ αὐτῷ καθὸ καὶ παρʼ ἡμῖν, ὁ τὸ αἰφνίδιον μέγα κέρδος ἐν εὑρήσει διδούς.
hōsper oun thēsauros ouch heis parʼ autǭ katho kai parʼ hēmin, ho to aiphnidion mega kerdos en heurēsei didous.
As, then, treasure is not one thing with him, as with us too, there being the treasure that gives sudden great gain when it is found,
17.4Stählin 3:170
ἀλλὰ καὶ δεύτερος, ὁ ἀκερδὴς καὶ ἄζηλος καὶ δύσκτητος καὶ ἐπιζήμιος, οὕτως καὶ πλοῦτος ὃ μέν τις ἀγαθῶν, ὃ δὲ κακῶν, εἴ γε τὸν πλοῦτον καὶ τὸν θησαυρὸν οὐκ ἀπηρτημένους ἴσμεν ἀλλήλων τῇ φύσει. καὶ ὁ μέν τις πλοῦτος κτητὸς ἂν εἴη καὶ περίβλητος, ὃ δὲ ἄκτητος καὶ ἀπόβλητος· τὸν αὐτὸν δὲ τρόπον καὶ πτωχεία μακαριστὴ μὲν ἡ πνευματική.
alla kai deuteros, ho akerdēs kai azēlos kai dysktētos kai epizēmios, houtōs kai ploutos ho men tis agathōn, ho de kakōn, ei ge ton plouton kai ton thēsauron ouk apērtēmenous ismen allēlōn tę̄ physei. kai ho men tis ploutos ktētos an eiē kai periblētos, ho de aktētos kai apoblētos; ton auton de tropon kai ptōcheia makaristē men hē pneumatikē.
and also a second kind, profitless, unenviable, hard to get, and harmful, so too there is a wealth of good things and a wealth of evil things, since we know that wealth and treasure are not separated from each other by nature. The one wealth is to be acquired and embraced, the other not acquired but thrown away. In the same way, poverty too is blessed when it is spiritual.
17.5Stählin 3:170–171
διὸ καὶ προσέθηκεν ὁ Ματθαῖος· »μακάριοι οἱ πτωχοί·« πῶς; »τῷ πνεύματι.« καὶ πάλιν· »μακάριοι οἱ πεινῶντες καὶ διψῶντες τὴν δικαιοσύνην τοῦ θεοῦ·« οὐκοῦν ἄθλιοι οἱ ἐναντίοι πτωχοί, θεοῦ μὲν ἄμοιροι, ἀμοιρότεροι δὲ τῆς ἀνθρωπίνης κτήσεως, ἄγευστοι δὲ δικαιοσύνης θεοῦ.
dio kai prosethēken ho Matthaios; »makarioi hoi ptōchoi;« pōs? »tǭ pneumati.« kai palin; »makarioi hoi peinōntes kai dipsōntes tēn dikaiosynēn tou theou;« oukoun athlioi hoi enantioi ptōchoi, theou men amoiroi, amoiroteroi de tēs anthrōpinēs ktēseōs, ageustoi de dikaiosynēs theou.
That is why Matthew added: “Blessed are the poor.” How? “In spirit.” And again: “Blessed are those who hunger and thirst for the righteousness of God.” So wretched are the opposite kind of poor, who have no share in God, and still less in human possessions, and have not tasted the righteousness of God.
Chapter 18
18.1Stählin 3:171
Ὥστε τοὺς πλουσίους μαθηματικῶς ἀκουστέον, τοὺς δυσκόλως εἰσελευσομένους εἰς τὴν βασιλείαν, μὴ σκαιῶς μηδὲ ἀγροίκως μηδὲ σαρκίνως· οὐ γὰρ οὕτως λέλεκται. οὐδὲ ἐπὶ τοῖς ἐκτὸς ἡ σωτηρία. οὔτε εἰ πολλὰ οὔτε εἰ ὀλίγα ταῦτα ἢ μικρὰ ἢ μεγάλα ἢ ἔνδοξα ἢ ἄδοξα ἢ εὐδόκιμα ἢ ἀδόκιμα, ἀλλʼ ἐπὶ τῇ τῆς ψυχῆς ἀρετῇ. πίστει καὶ ἐλπίδι καὶ ἀγάπῃ καὶ φιλαδελφίᾳ καὶ γνώσει καὶ πραότητι καὶ ἀτυφίᾳ καὶ ἀληθείᾳ, ὧν ἆθλον ἡ σωτηρία.
Hōste tous plousious mathēmatikōs akousteon, tous dyskolōs eiseleusomenous eis tēn basileian, mē skaiōs mēde agroikōs mēde sarkinōs; ou gar houtōs lelektai. oude epi tois ektos hē sōtēria. oute ei polla oute ei oliga tauta ē mikra ē megala ē endoxa ē adoxa ē eudokima ē adokima, allʼ epi tę̄ tēs psychēs aretę̄. pistei kai elpidi kai agapę̄ kai philadelphią kai gnōsei kai praotēti kai atyphią kai alētheią, hōn athlon hē sōtēria.
So the rich who will enter the kingdom with difficulty must be understood in a learned way, as disciples should, not clumsily, rustically, or in a fleshly way; for it is not said in that way. Salvation does not depend on external things, whether they are many or few, small or great, glorious or inglorious, esteemed or unesteemed, but on the virtue of the soul: faith, hope, love, brotherly love, knowledge, gentleness, humility, and truth, of which salvation is the prize.
18.2Stählin 3:171
οὐδὲ γὰρ διὰ κάλλος σώματος ζήσεταί τις ἢ τοὐναντίον ἀπολεῖται· ἀλλʼ ὁ μὲν τῷ δοθέντι σώματι ἁγνῶς καὶ κατὰ θεὸν χρώμενος ζήσεται. ὁ δὲ φθείρων τὸν ναὸν θεοῦ φθαρήσεται.
oude gar dia kallos sōmatos zēsetai tis ē tounantion apoleitai; allʼ ho men tǭ dothenti sōmati hagnōs kai kata theon chrōmenos zēsetai. ho de phtheirōn ton naon theou phtharēsetai.
No one will live because of bodily beauty, nor perish for the opposite; but the one who uses the body given him purely and according to God will live, and the one who destroys the temple of God will be destroyed.
18.3Stählin 3:171
δύναται δέ τις καὶ αἰσχρὸς ἀσελγαίνειν καὶ κατὰ κάλλος σωφρονεῖν· οὐδὲ ἰσχὺς καὶ μέγεθος σώματος ζωοποιεῖ οὐδὲ τῶν μελῶν οὐδενία ἀπολλύει. ἀλλʼ ἡ τούτοις ψυχὴ χρωμένη τὴν αἰτίαν ἐφʼ ἑκάτερα παρέχεται.
dynatai de tis kai aischros aselgainein kai kata kallos sōphronein; oude ischys kai megethos sōmatos zōopoiei oude tōn melōn oudenia apollyei. allʼ hē toutois psychē chrōmenē tēn aitian ephʼ hekatera parechetai.
An ugly man can be licentious, and a beautiful one self-controlled. Neither strength and size of body give life, nor does the insignificance of the limbs destroy; but the soul that uses them provides the cause in either direction.
18.4Stählin 3:171
ὑπόφερε γοῦν. φησί. παιόμενος τὸ πρόσωπον. ὅπερ δύναται καὶ ἰσχυρός τις ὢν καὶ εὐεκτῶν ὑπακοῦσαι καὶ πάλιν ἀσθενικός τις ὢν ἀκρασίᾳ γνώμης παραβῆναι.
hypophere goun. phēsi. paiomenos to prosōpon. hoper dynatai kai ischyros tis ōn kai euektōn hypakousai kai palin asthenikos tis ōn akrasią gnōmēs parabēnai.
“Endure,” he says, “when struck on the face,” which a strong and healthy man can obey, and again a weak man can transgress through lack of self-control.
18.5Stählin 3:171
οὕτως καὶ ἄπορός τις ὢν καὶ ἄβιος εὑρεθείη ποτʼ ἂν μεθύων ταῖς ἐπιθυμίαις. καὶ χρήμασι πλούσιος νήφων καὶ πτωχεύων ἡδονῶν. πεπεισμένος. συνετός, καθαρός, κεκολασμένος.
houtōs kai aporos tis ōn kai abios heuretheiē potʼ an methyōn tais epithymiais. kai chrēmasi plousios nēphōn kai ptōcheuōn hēdonōn. pepeismenos. synetos, katharos, kekolasmenos.
So too one who is without resources and livelihood might sometimes be found drunk with desires, and one rich in money sober, poor in pleasures, obedient, prudent, pure, disciplined.
18.6Stählin 3:171
εἰ τοίνυν ἐστὶ τὸ ζησόμενον μάλιστα καὶ πρῶτον ἡ ψυχὴ καὶ περὶ ταύτην ἀρετὴ μὲν φυομένη σῴζει, κακία δὲ θανατοῖ, δῆλον ἤδη σαφῶς ὅτι αὕτη καὶ πτωχεύουσα ὧν ἄν τις ὑπὸ πλούτου διαφθείρηται σῴζεται, καὶ πλουτοῦσα τούτων ὧν ἐπιτρίβει πλοῦτος θανατοῦται·
ei toinyn esti to zēsomenon malista kai prōton hē psychē kai peri tautēn aretē men phyomenē sǭzei, kakia de thanatoi, dēlon ēdē saphōs hoti hautē kai ptōcheuousa hōn an tis hypo ploutou diaphtheirētai sǭzetai, kai ploutousa toutōn hōn epitribei ploutos thanatoutai;
If, then, it is above all and first the soul that is to live, and virtue growing in it saves while vice kills, it is now clear that the soul is saved when it is poor in the things by which one is corrupted through wealth, and is killed when it is rich in the things that wealth ruins.
18.7Stählin 3:171
καὶ μηκέτι ζητῶμεν ἀλλαχοῦ τὴν αἰτίαν τοῦ τέλους πλὴν ἐν τῇ τῆς ψυχῆς καταστάσει καὶ διαθέσει πρός τε ὑπακοὴν θεοῦ καὶ καθαρότητα πρός τε παράβασιν ἐντολῶν καὶ κακίας συλλογήν.
kai mēketi zētōmen allachou tēn aitian tou telous plēn en tę̄ tēs psychēs katastasei kai diathesei pros te hypakoēn theou kai katharotēta pros te parabasin entolōn kai kakias syllogēn.
And let us no longer seek the cause of our end anywhere else than in the state and disposition of the soul, toward obedience to God and purity, or toward transgression of the commandments and the accumulation of vice.
Chapter 19
19.1Stählin 3:171
Ὁ μὲν ἄρα ἀληθῶς καὶ καλῶς πλούσιός ἐστιν ὁ τῶν ἀρετῶν πλούσιος καὶ πάσῃ τύχῃ χρῆσθαι ὁσίως καὶ πιστῶς δυνάμενος, ὁ δὲ νόθος πλούσιος ὁ κατὰ σάρκα πλουτῶν καὶ τὴν ζωὴν εἰς τὴν ἔξω κτῆσιν μετενηνοχὼς τὴν παρερχομένην καὶ φθειρομένην καὶ ἄλλοτε ἄλλου γινομένην καὶ ἐν τῷ τέλει μηδενὸς μηδαμῇ.
Ho men ara alēthōs kai kalōs plousios estin ho tōn aretōn plousios kai pasę̄ tychę̄ chrēsthai hosiōs kai pistōs dynamenos, ho de nothos plousios ho kata sarka ploutōn kai tēn zōēn eis tēn exō ktēsin metenēnochōs tēn parerchomenēn kai phtheiromenēn kai allote allou ginomenēn kai en tǭ telei mēdenos mēdamę̄.
The one who is truly and nobly rich, then, is the one rich in virtues and able to use every fortune in a holy and faithful way; the counterfeit rich man is the one rich according to the flesh, who has transferred his life to external possession, which passes away and perishes, belongs now to one and now to another, and in the end to no one at all.
19.2Stählin 3:171–172
πάλιν αὖ κατὰ τὸν αὐτὸν τρόπον καὶ γνήσιος πτωχὸς καὶ νόθος ἄλλος πτωχὸς καὶ ψευδώνυμος. ὃ μὲν κατὰ πνεῦμα πτωχός. τὸ ἴδιον, ὃ δὲ κατὰ κόσμον. τὸ ἀλλότριον.
palin au kata ton auton tropon kai gnēsios ptōchos kai nothos allos ptōchos kai pseudōnymos. ho men kata pneuma ptōchos. to idion, ho de kata kosmon. to allotrion.
Again, in the same way, there is a genuine poor man and another, counterfeit and falsely named: the one poor in spirit, which is what matters, the other poor in the world's goods, which is foreign to him.
19.3Stählin 3:172
τῷ δὴ κατὰ κόσμον οὐ πτωχῷ καὶ πλουσίῳ κατὰ τὰ πάθη ὁ κατὰ πνεῦμα οὐ πτωχὸς καὶ κατὰ θεὸν πλούσιος ›ἀπόστηθι‹ φησί ›τῶν ὑπαρχόντων ἐν τῇ ψυχῇ σου κτημάτων ἀλλοτρίων. ἵνα καθαρὸς τῇ καρδίᾳ γενόμενος ἴδῃς τὸν θεόν, ὅπερ καὶ διʼ ἑτέρας φωνῆς ἐστιν εἰσελθεῖν εἰς τὴν βασιλείαν τῶν οὐρανῶν.
tǭ dē kata kosmon ou ptōchǭ kai plousiǭ kata ta pathē ho kata pneuma ou ptōchos kai kata theon plousios ›apostēthi‹ phēsi ›tōn hyparchontōn en tę̄ psychę̄ sou ktēmatōn allotriōn. hina katharos tę̄ kardią genomenos idę̄s ton theon, hoper kai diʼ heteras phōnēs estin eiselthein eis tēn basileian tōn ouranōn.
To the one who is not poor in the world's goods but rich in passions, the one who is poor in spirit and rich toward God says: ‘Withdraw from the alien possessions that are in your soul, so that, becoming pure in heart, you may see God, which in other words is to enter the kingdom of heaven.
19.4Stählin 3:172
καὶ πῶς αὐτῶν ἀποστῇς; πωλήσας. τί οὖν; χρήματα ἀντὶ κτημάτων λάβῃς; ἀντίδοσιν πλούτου πρὸς πλοῦτον ποιησάμενος.
kai pōs autōn apostę̄s? pōlēsas. ti oun? chrēmata anti ktēmatōn labę̄s? antidosin ploutou pros plouton poiēsamenos.
And how will you withdraw from them? By selling them. What then? Will you take money instead of possessions, making an exchange of wealth for wealth,
19.5Stählin 3:172
ἐξαργυρίσας τὴν φανερὰν οὐσίαν; οὐδαμῶς· ἀλλὰ ἀντὶ τῶν πρότερον ἐνυπαρχόντων τῇ ψυχῇ, ἣν σῶσαι ποθεῖς, ἀντεισαγόμενος ἕτερον πλοῦτον θεοποιὸν καὶ ζωῆς χορηγὸν αἰωνίου, τὰς κατὰ τὴν ἐντολὴν τοῦ θεοῦ διαθέσεις. ἀνθʼ ὧν σοι περιέσται μισθὸς καὶ τιμή.
exargyrisas tēn phaneran ousian? oudamōs; alla anti tōn proteron enyparchontōn tę̄ psychę̄, hēn sōsai potheis, anteisagomenos heteron plouton theopoion kai zōēs chorēgon aiōniou, tas kata tēn entolēn tou theou diatheseis. anthʼ hōn soi periestai misthos kai timē.
turning your visible property into cash? Not at all; but instead of what was formerly in your soul, which you long to save, bring in another wealth, which makes you divine and supplies eternal life: the dispositions that accord with God's commandment. In return for these you will have reward and honor,
19.6Stählin 3:172
διηνεκὴς σωτηρία καὶ αἰώνιος ἀφθαρσία. οὕτως καλῶς πωλεῖς τὰ ὑπάρχοντα, τὰ πολλὰ καὶ περισσὰ καὶ ἀποκλείοντά σοι τοὺς οὐρανούς. ἀντικαταλλασσόμενος αὐτῶν τὰ σῶσαι δυνάμενα. ἐκεῖνα ἐχέτωσαν οἱ σάρκινοι πτωχοὶ καὶ τούτων δεόμενοι, σὺ δὲ τὸν πνευματικὸν πλοῦτον ἀντιλαβὼν ἔχοις ἂν ἤδη θησαυρὸν ἐν οὐρανοῖς.‹
diēnekēs sōtēria kai aiōnios aphtharsia. houtōs kalōs pōleis ta hyparchonta, ta polla kai perissa kai apokleionta soi tous ouranous. antikatallassomenos autōn ta sōsai dynamena. ekeina echetōsan hoi sarkinoi ptōchoi kai toutōn deomenoi, sy de ton pneumatikon plouton antilabōn echois an ēdē thēsauron en ouranois.‹
perpetual salvation and eternal incorruption. In this way you sell well your possessions, the many, superfluous things that shut heaven against you, exchanging them for what can save. Let those things be had by the fleshly poor, who lack these; but you, receiving spiritual wealth in exchange, would already have treasure in heaven.’
Chapter 20
20.1Stählin 3:172
Ταῦτα μὴ συνιεὶς κατὰ τρόπον ὁ πολυχρήματος καὶ ἔννομος ἄνθρωπος μηδὲ ὅπως ὁ αὐτὸς καὶ πτωχὸς δύναται εἶναι καὶ πλούσιος καὶ ἔχειν τε χρήματα καὶ μὴ ἔχειν καὶ χρῆσθαι τῷ κόσμῳ καὶ μὴ χρῆσθαι, ἀπῆλθε στυγνὸς καὶ κατηφής, λιπὼν τὴν τάξιν τῆς ζωῆς. ἧς ἐπιθυμεῖν μόνον. ἀλλʼ οὐχὶ καὶ τυχεῖν ἠδύνατο, τὸ δύσκολον ποιήσας ἀδύνατον αὐτὸς ἑαυτῷ.
Tauta mē synieis kata tropon ho polychrēmatos kai ennomos anthrōpos mēde hopōs ho autos kai ptōchos dynatai einai kai plousios kai echein te chrēmata kai mē echein kai chrēsthai tǭ kosmǭ kai mē chrēsthai, apēlthe stygnos kai katēphēs, lipōn tēn taxin tēs zōēs. hēs epithymein monon. allʼ ouchi kai tychein ēdynato, to dyskolon poiēsas adynaton autos heautǭ.
Not understanding this properly, the man who was very rich and observant of the law, nor how the same person can be both poor and rich, and have money and not have it, and use the world and not use it, went away gloomy and downcast, leaving the rank of life, which he could only desire but not obtain, having made the difficult impossible for himself.
20.2Stählin 3:172
δύσκολον γὰρ ἦν μὴ περιάγεσθαι μηδὲ καταστράπτεσθαι τὴν ψυχὴν ὑπὸ τῶν προσόντων ἁβρῶν τῷ προδήλῳ πλούτῳ καὶ ἀνθηρῶν γοητευμάτων, οὐκ ἀδύνατον δὲ τὸ καὶ ἐν τούτῳ λαβέσθαι σωτηρίας, εἴ τις ἑαυτὸν ἀπὸ τοῦ αἰσθητοῦ πλούτου ἐπὶ τὸν νοητὸν καὶ θεοδίδακτον μεταγάγοι καὶ μάθοι τοῖς ἀδιαφόροις χρῆσθαι καλῶς καὶ ἰδίως καὶ ὡς ἂν εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον ὁρμήσαι.
dyskolon gar ēn mē periagesthai mēde katastraptesthai tēn psychēn hypo tōn prosontōn habrōn tǭ prodēlǭ ploutǭ kai anthērōn goēteumatōn, ouk adynaton de to kai en toutǭ labesthai sōtērias, ei tis heauton apo tou aisthētou ploutou epi ton noēton kai theodidakton metagagoi kai mathoi tois adiaphorois chrēsthai kalōs kai idiōs kai hōs an eis zōēn aiōnion hormēsai.
For it was difficult for the soul not to be led astray or dazzled by the luxuries attached to evident wealth and its flowery enchantments; but it was not impossible even in this state to lay hold of salvation, if one would lead himself away from sensible wealth to the wealth that is intelligible and taught by God, and learn to use indifferent things well and in the right way, so as to set out toward eternal life.
20.3Stählin 3:172–173
καὶ οἱ μαθηταὶ δὲ τὸ πρῶτον μὲν καὶ αὐτοὶ περιδεεῖς καὶ καταπλῆγες γεγόνασιν. ἀκούσαντες τί δήποτε; ἆρά γε ὅτι χρήματα καὶ αὐτοὶ ἐκέκτηντο πολλά; ἀλλὰ καὶ αὐτὰ ταῦτα τὰ δικτύφια καὶ ἄγκιστρα καὶ τὰ ὑπηρετικὰ σκαφίδια ἀφῆκαν πάλαι, ἅπερ ἦν αὐτοῖς μόνα.
kai hoi mathētai de to prōton men kai autoi perideeis kai kataplēges gegonasin. akousantes ti dēpote? ara ge hoti chrēmata kai autoi ekektēnto polla? alla kai auta tauta ta diktyphia kai ankistra kai ta hypēretika skaphidia aphēkan palai, haper ēn autois mona.
The disciples too were at first very frightened and astonished. Having heard what? Was it because they too had much money? On the contrary, they had long since left those very nets, hooks, and service boats, which were all they had.
20.4Stählin 3:173
τί οὖν φοβηθέντες λέγουσι· »τίς δύναται σωθῆναι;« καλῶς ἤκουσαν καὶ ὡς μαθηταὶ τοῦ παραβολικῶς καὶ ἀ σαφῶς λεχθέντος ὑπὸ τοῦ κυρίου καὶ ᾔσθοντο τοῦ βάθους τῶν λόγων.
ti oun phobēthentes legousi; »tis dynatai sōthēnai?« kalōs ēkousan kai hōs mathētai tou parabolikōs kai a saphōs lechthentos hypo tou kyriou kai ę̄sthonto tou bathous tōn logōn.
Why then do they say in fear, “Who can be saved?” They heard well, as disciples, what the Lord had spoken in a parable and obscurely, and they perceived the depth of the words.
20.5Stählin 3:173
ἕνεκα μὲν οὖν χρημάτων ἀκτημοσύνης εὐέλπιδες ἦσαν πρὸς σωτηρίαν· ἐπειδὴ δὲ συνῄδεσαν ἑαυτοῖς μήπω τὰ πάθη τέλεον ἀποτεθειμένοις (ἀρτιμαθεῖς γὰρ ἦσαν καὶ νεωστὶ πρὸς τοῦ σωτῆρος ἠνδρολογημένοι), »περισσῶς ἐξεπλήσσοντο« καὶ ἀπεγίνωσκον ἑαυτοὺς οὐδέν τι ἧττον ἐκείνου τοῦ πολυχρημάτου καὶ δεινῶς τῆς κτήσεως περιεχομένου. ἥν γε προέκρινεν ζωῆς αἰωνίου.
heneka men oun chrēmatōn aktēmosynēs euelpides ēsan pros sōtērian; epeidē de synę̄desan heautois mēpō ta pathē teleon apotetheimenois (artimatheis gar ēsan kai neōsti pros tou sōtēros ēndrologēmenoi), »perissōs exeplēssonto« kai apeginōskon heautous ouden ti hētton ekeinou tou polychrēmatou kai deinōs tēs ktēseōs periechomenou. hēn ge proekrinen zōēs aiōniou.
As far as having no money was concerned, they were hopeful of salvation; but since they were conscious that they had not yet completely put away their passions (for they had only just begun to learn and had recently been enlisted by the Savior), “they were exceedingly astonished” and despaired of themselves no less than that man who had much money and clung terribly to the possession he preferred to eternal life.
20.6Stählin 3:173
ἄξιον οὖν ἦν τοῖς μαθηταῖς φόβου πάντως. εἰ καὶ ὁ χρήματα κεκτημένος καὶ ὁ τῶν παθῶν ἔγκυος, ὧν ἐπλούτουν καὶ αὐτοί, παραπλησίως ἀπελασθήσονται οὐρανῶν· ἀπαθῶν γὰρ καὶ καθαρῶν ψυχῶν ἐστιν ἡ σωτηρία.
axion oun ēn tois mathētais phobou pantōs. ei kai ho chrēmata kektēmenos kai ho tōn pathōn enkyos, hōn eploutoun kai autoi, paraplēsiōs apelasthēsontai ouranōn; apathōn gar kai katharōn psychōn estin hē sōtēria.
It was therefore entirely worthy of fear for the disciples if both the one who possesses money and the one pregnant with passions, in which they too were rich, will likewise be driven from heaven; for salvation belongs to souls that are free from passion and pure.
Chapter 21
21.1Stählin 3:173
Ὁ δὲ κύριος ἀποκρίνεται διότι »τὸ ἐν ἀνθρώποις ἀδύνατον δυνατὸν θεῷ«. πάλιν καὶ τοῦτο μεγάλης σοφίας μεστόν ἐστιν. ὅτι καθʼ αὑτὸν μὲν ἀσκῶν καὶ διαπονούμενος ἀπάθειαν ὁ ἄνθρωπος οὐδὲν ἀνύει, ἐὰν δὲ γένηται δῆλος ὑπερεπιθυμῶν τούτου καὶ διεσπουδακώς.
Ho de kyrios apokrinetai dioti »to en anthrōpois adynaton dynaton theǭ«. palin kai touto megalēs sophias meston estin. hoti kathʼ hauton men askōn kai diaponoumenos apatheian ho anthrōpos ouden anyei, ean de genētai dēlos hyperepithymōn toutou kai diespoudakōs.
But the Lord answers that “what is impossible with men is possible with God.” This too is full of great wisdom: that a man exercising and laboring for freedom from passion by himself achieves nothing; but if he shows himself very eager and earnest for it,
21.2Stählin 3:173
τῇ προσθήκῃ τῆς παρὰ θεοῦ δυνάμεως περιγίνεται· βουλομέναις μὲν γὰρ ταῖς ψυχαῖς ὁ θεὸς συνεπιπνεῖ, εἰ δὲ ἀποσταῖεν τῆς προθυμίας. καὶ τὸ δοθὲν ἐκ θεοῦ πνεῦμα συνεστάλη· τὸ μὲν γὰρ ἄκοντας σῴζειν ἐστὶ βιαζομένου, τὸ δὲ αἱρουμένους χαριζομένου.
tę̄ prosthēkę̄ tēs para theou dynameōs periginetai; boulomenais men gar tais psychais ho theos synepipnei, ei de apostaien tēs prothymias. kai to dothen ek theou pneuma synestalē; to men gar akontas sǭzein esti biazomenou, to de hairoumenous charizomenou.
he prevails by the addition of power from God. For God breathes together with souls that are willing, but if they fall away from their eagerness, the spirit given by God is also withdrawn. For to save the unwilling is the act of one who uses force, but to save those who choose is the act of one who shows grace.
21.3Stählin 3:173
οὐδὲ τῶν καθευδόντων καὶ βλακευόντων ἐστὶν ἡ βασιλεία τοῦ θεοῦ, ἀλλʼ οἱ »βιασταὶ ἁρπάζουσιν αὐτήν«· αὕτη γὰρ μόνη βία καλή, θεὸν βιάσασθαι καὶ παρὰ θεοῦ ζωὴν ἁρπάσαι, ὁ δὲ γνοὺς τοὺς βιαίως, μᾶλλον δὲ βεβαίως ἀντεχομένους [συνεχώρησεν] εἶξεν· χαίρει γὰρ ὁ θεὸς τὰ τοιαῦτα ἡττώμενος. τοιγάρτοι τούτων ἀκούσας ὁ μακάριος Πέτρος.
oude tōn katheudontōn kai blakeuontōn estin hē basileia tou theou, allʼ hoi »biastai harpazousin autēn«; hautē gar monē bia kalē, theon biasasthai kai para theou zōēn harpasai, ho de gnous tous biaiōs, mallon de bebaiōs antechomenous [synechōrēsen] eixen; chairei gar ho theos ta toiauta hēttōmenos. toigartoi toutōn akousas ho makarios Petros.
Nor does the kingdom of God belong to those who sleep and are lazy, but “the violent seize it.” For this is the only good violence: to do violence to God and seize life from God. And he, knowing those who hold on violently, or rather steadfastly, yields; for God rejoices to be defeated in such things. So, hearing these things, the blessed Peter,
21.4Stählin 3:173
ὁ ἐκλεκτός. ὁ ἐξαίρετος, ὁ πρῶτος τῶν μαθητῶν. ὑπὲρ οὗ μόνου καὶ ἑαυτοῦ τὸν φόρον ὁ σωτὴρ ἐκτελεῖ, ταχέως ἥρπασε καὶ συνέβαλε τὸν λόγον.
ho eklektos. ho exairetos, ho prōtos tōn mathētōn. hyper hou monou kai heautou ton phoron ho sōtēr ektelei, tacheōs hērpase kai synebale ton logon.
the chosen, the eminent, the first of the disciples, for whom alone, together with himself, the Savior pays the tax, quickly seized and understood the saying.
21.5Stählin 3:173–174
καὶ τί φησιν; »ἴδε ἡμεῖς ἀφήκαμεν πάντα καὶ ἠκολουθήσαμέν σοι.« τὰ δὲ »πάντα« εἰ μὲν τὰ κτήματα τὰ ἑαυτοῦ λέγει. τέσσαρας ὀβολοὺς ἴσως.
kai ti phēsin? »ide hēmeis aphēkamen panta kai ēkolouthēsamen soi.« ta de »panta« ei men ta ktēmata ta heautou legei. tessaras obolous isōs.
And what does he say? “See, we have left everything and followed you.” If by “everything” he means his own possessions, he boasts of leaving perhaps four obols,
21.6Stählin 3:174
τὸ τοῦ λόγου, καταλιπὼν μεγαλύνεται καὶ τούτων ἀνταξίαν ἀποφαίνων ἂν λάθοι τὴν βασιλείαν τῶν οὐρανῶν· εἰ δέ, ἅπερ ἄρτι νῦν λέγομεν, τὰ παλαιὰ νοητὰ κτήματα καὶ ψυχικὰ νοσήματα ἀπορρίψαντες ἕπονται κατʼ ἴχνος τοῦ διδασκάλου, τοῦτʼ ἂν ἀνάπτοιτο ἤδη τοῖς ἐν οὐρανοῖς ἐγγραφησομένοις.
to tou logou, katalipōn megalynetai kai toutōn antaxian apophainōn an lathoi tēn basileian tōn ouranōn; ei de, haper arti nyn legomen, ta palaia noēta ktēmata kai psychika nosēmata aporripsantes hepontai katʼ ichnos tou didaskalou, toutʼ an anaptoito ēdē tois en ouranois engraphēsomenois.
as the saying goes, and would unwittingly declare the kingdom of heaven equivalent to them. But if, as we have just now been saying, they throw away their old possessions of the mind and the diseases of the soul and follow in the footsteps of the Teacher, this would now attach them to those who will be enrolled in heaven.
21.7Stählin 3:174
τοῦτο γὰρ ἀκολουθεῖν ὄντως τῷ σωτῆρι. ἀναμαρτησίαν καὶ τελειότητα τὴν ἐκείνου μετερχόμενον καὶ πρὸς ἐκεῖνον ὥσπερ κάτοπτρον κοσμοῦντα καὶ ῥυθμίζοντα τὴν ψυχὴν καὶ πάντα διὰ πάντων ὁμοίως διατιθέντα.
touto gar akolouthein ontōs tǭ sōtēri. anamartēsian kai teleiotēta tēn ekeinou meterchomenon kai pros ekeinon hōsper katoptron kosmounta kai rhythmizonta tēn psychēn kai panta dia pantōn homoiōs diatithenta.
For this is truly to follow the Savior: to pursue his sinlessness and perfection, and, looking to him as to a mirror, to adorn and order the soul, and to arrange everything in every way alike.
Chapter 22
22.1Stählin 3:174
»Ἀποκριθεὶς δὲ Ἰησοῦς· ἀμὴν ὑμῖν λέγω. ὃς ἂν ἀφῇ τὰ ἴδια καὶ γονεῖς καὶ ἀδελφοὺς καὶ χρήματα ἕνεκεν ἐμοῦ καὶ ἕνεκεν τοῦ εὐαγγελίου. ἀπολήψεται ἑκατονταπλασίονα.«
»Apokritheis de Iēsous; amēn hymin legō. hos an aphę̄ ta idia kai goneis kai adelphous kai chrēmata heneken emou kai heneken tou euangeliou. apolēpsetai hekatontaplasiona.«
“And Jesus answered, ‘Truly I say to you, whoever leaves his own possessions, and parents, and brothers, and riches for my sake and for the sake of the gospel will receive a hundredfold.’”
22.2Stählin 3:174
ἀλλὰ μηδὲ τοῦθʼ ἡμᾶς ἐπιταρασσέτω μηδὲ τὸ ἔτι τούτου σκληρότερον ἀλλαχοῦ ταῖς φωναῖς ἐξενηνεγμένον· »ὃς οὐ μισεῖ πατέρα καὶ μητέρα καὶ παῖδας. προσέτι δὲ καὶ τὴν ἑαυτοῦ ψυχήν, ἐμὸς μαθητὴς εἶναι οὐ δύναται.«
alla mēde touthʼ hēmas epitarassetō mēde to eti toutou sklēroteron allachou tais phōnais exenēnegmenon; »hos ou misei patera kai mētera kai paidas. proseti de kai tēn heautou psychēn, emos mathētēs einai ou dynatai.«
But let not this trouble us, nor the even harder saying uttered elsewhere: “Whoever does not hate father and mother and children, and moreover his own life, cannot be my disciple.”
22.3Stählin 3:174
οὐ γὰρ εἰσηγεῖται μῖσος καὶ διάλυσιν ἀπὸ τῶν φιλτάτων ὁ τῆς εἰρήνης θεός. ὅ γε καὶ τοὺς ἐχθροὺς ἀγαπᾶν παραινῶν.
ou gar eisēgeitai misos kai dialysin apo tōn philtatōn ho tēs eirēnēs theos. ho ge kai tous echthrous agapan parainōn.
For the God of peace, who exhorts us to love even our enemies, does not introduce hatred and separation from those dearest to us.
22.4Stählin 3:174
εἰ δὲ τοὺς ἐχθροὺς ἀγαπητέον, ἀνάλογον ἀπʼ ἐκείνων ἀνιόντι καὶ τοὺς ἐγγυτάτω γένους· ἢ εἰ μισητέον τοὺς πρὸς αἵματος, πολὺ μᾶλλον τοὺς ἐχθροὺς προβάλλεσθαι κατιὼν ὁ λόγος διδάσκει, ὥστε ἀλλήλους ἀναιροῦντες ἐλέγχοιντʼ ἂν οἱ λόγοι.
ei de tous echthrous agapēteon, analogon apʼ ekeinōn anionti kai tous engytatō genous; ē ei misēteon tous pros haimatos, poly mallon tous echthrous proballesthai katiōn ho logos didaskei, hōste allēlous anairountes elenchointʼ an hoi logoi.
If enemies are to be loved, then, by analogy, rising from them, so are one's nearest kin; or if blood relatives are to be hated, much more, descending, the saying teaches us to reject our enemies; so the sayings would refute each other by cancelling each other out.
22.5Stählin 3:174
ἀλλʼ οὐδʼ ἀναιροῦσιν οὐδʼ ἐγγύς, ἀπὸ γὰρ τῆς αὐτῆς γνώμης καὶ διαθέσεως καὶ ἐπὶ τῷ αὐτῷ ὅρῳ πατέρα μισοίη τις ἂν καὶ ἐχθρὸν ἀγαπῴη ὁ μήτε ἐχθρὸν ἀμυνόμενος μήτε πατέρα Χριστοῦ πλέον αἰδούμενος.
allʼ oudʼ anairousin oudʼ engys, apo gar tēs autēs gnōmēs kai diatheseōs kai epi tǭ autǭ horǭ patera misoiē tis an kai echthron agapǭē ho mēte echthron amynomenos mēte patera Christou pleon aidoumenos.
But they do not cancel each other out, not even nearly; for from the same mind and disposition, and with the same aim, one might hate a father and love an enemy: the one who neither takes revenge on an enemy nor honors a father more than Christ.
22.6Stählin 3:174
ἐν ἐκείνῳ μὲν γὰρ τῷ λόγῳ μῖσος ἐκκόπτει καὶ κακοποιίαν, ἐν τούτῳ δὲ τὴν πρὸς τὰ σύντροφα δυσωπίαν.
en ekeinǭ men gar tǭ logǭ misos ekkoptei kai kakopoiian, en toutǭ de tēn pros ta syntropha dysōpian.
In the one saying he cuts out hatred and doing harm; in the other, false shame toward those we grew up with,
22.7Stählin 3:174
εἰ βλάπτοι πρὸς σωτηρίαν, εἰ γοῦν ἄθεος εἴη τινὶ πατὴρ ἢ υἱὸς ἢ ἀδελφὸς καὶ κώλυμα τῆς πίστεως γένοιτο καὶ ἐμπόδιον τῆς ἄνω ζωῆς, τούτῳ μὴ συμφερέσθω μηδὲ ὁμονοείτω. ἀλλὰ τὴν σαρκικὴν οἰκειότητα διὰ τὴν πνευματικὴν ἔχθραν διαλυσάτω.
ei blaptoi pros sōtērian, ei goun atheos eiē tini patēr ē huios ē adelphos kai kōlyma tēs pisteōs genoito kai empodion tēs anō zōēs, toutǭ mē sympheresthō mēde homonoeitō. alla tēn sarkikēn oikeiotēta dia tēn pneumatikēn echthran dialysatō.
if it harms salvation. If, at any rate, someone has a godless father, son, or brother, who becomes a hindrance to faith and an obstacle to the life above, let him not side with him or agree with him, but dissolve the fleshly relationship because of the spiritual enmity.
Chapter 23
23.1Stählin 3:174–175
Νόμισον εἶναι τὸ πρᾶγμα διαδικασίαν, ὁ μὲν πατήρ σοι δοκείτω παρεστὼς λέγειν ›ἐγώ σε ἔσπειρα καὶ ἔθρεψα, ἀκολούθει μοι καὶ συναδίκει καὶ μὴ πείθου τῷ Χριστοῦ νόμῳ‹ καὶ ὁπόσα ἂν εἴποι βλάσφημος ἄνθρωπος καὶ νεκρὸς τῇ
Nomison einai to pragma diadikasian, ho men patēr soi dokeitō parestōs legein ›egō se espeira kai ethrepsa, akolouthei moi kai synadikei kai mē peithou tǭ Christou nomǭ‹ kai hoposa an eipoi blasphēmos anthrōpos kai nekros tę̄
Imagine the matter to be a lawsuit. Let your father seem to stand before you and say, ‘I begot you and reared you; follow me, join me in wrongdoing, and do not obey the law of Christ,’ and whatever else a man might say who is a blasphemer and dead by
23.2Stählin 3:175
φύσει. ἑτέρωθεν δὲ ἄκουε τοῦ σωτῆρος· ›ἐγώ σε ἀνεγέννησα, κακῶς ὑπὸ κόσμου πρὸς θάνατον γεγεννημένον, ἠλευθέρωσα, ἰασάμην, ἐλυτρωσάμην· ἐγώ σοι παρέξω ζωὴν ἄπαυστον, αἰώνιον, ὑπερκόσμιον· ἐγώ σοι δείξω θεοῦ πατρὸς ἀγαθοῦ πρόσωπον· »μὴ κάλει σεαυτῷ πατέρα ἐπὶ γῆς·« »οἱ νεκροὶ τοὺς νεκροὺς θαπτέτωσαν, σὺ δέ μοι ἀκολούθει·«
physei. heterōthen de akoue tou sōtēros; ›egō se anegennēsa, kakōs hypo kosmou pros thanaton gegennēmenon, ēleutherōsa, iasamēn, elytrōsamēn; egō soi parexō zōēn apauston, aiōnion, hyperkosmion; egō soi deixō theou patros agathou prosōpon; »mē kalei seautǭ patera epi gēs;« »hoi nekroi tous nekrous thaptetōsan, sy de moi akolouthei;«
nature. On the other side, hear the Savior: ‘I have begotten you again, who were born badly by the world for death; I have set you free, healed you, redeemed you. I will give you life unceasing, eternal, above the world; I will show you the face of God, the good Father. “Call no one on earth your father.” “Let the dead bury the dead, but you follow me.”
23.3Stählin 3:175
ἀνάξω γάρ σε εἰς ἀνάπαυσιν καὶ ἀπόλαυσιν ἀρρήτων καὶ ἀλέκτων ἀγαθῶν, »ἃ μήτε ὀφθαλμὸς εἶδε μήτε οὖς ἤκουσε μήτε ἐπὶ καρδίαν ἀνθρώπων ἀνέβη. εἰς ἃ ἐπιθυμοῦσιν ἄγγελοι παρακύψαι καὶ ἰδεῖν ἅπερ ἡτοίμασεν ὁ θεὸς τοῖς ἁγίοις ἀγαθὰ καὶ τοῖς φιλοῦσιν αὐτὸν τέκνοις.«
anaxō gar se eis anapausin kai apolausin arrētōn kai alektōn agathōn, »ha mēte ophthalmos eide mēte ous ēkouse mēte epi kardian anthrōpōn anebē. eis ha epithymousin angeloi parakypsai kai idein haper hētoimasen ho theos tois hagiois agatha kai tois philousin auton teknois.«
For I will lead you up to rest and to the enjoyment of unspeakable and indescribable good things, “which eye has not seen nor ear heard, nor have they entered into the heart of men, into which angels long to look and see what good things God has prepared for the saints and for the children who love him.”
23.4Stählin 3:175
ἐγώ σου τροφεὺς ἄρτον ἐμαυτὸν διδούς, οὗ γευσάμενος οὐδεὶς ἔτι πεῖραν θανάτου λαμβάνει, καὶ πόμα καθʼ ἡμέραν ἐνδιδοὺς ἀθανασίας· ἐγὼ διδάσκαλος ὑπερουρανίων παιδευμάτων· ὑπὲρ σοῦ πρὸς τὸν θάνατον διηγωνισάμην καὶ τὸν σὸν ἐξέτισα θάνατον, ὃν ὤφειλες ἐπὶ τοῖς προημαρτημένοις καὶ τῇ
egō sou tropheus arton emauton didous, hou geusamenos oudeis eti peiran thanatou lambanei, kai poma kathʼ hēmeran endidous athanasias; egō didaskalos hyperouraniōn paideumatōn; hyper sou pros ton thanaton diēgōnisamēn kai ton son exetisa thanaton, hon ōpheiles epi tois proēmartēmenois kai tę̄
I am your nourisher, giving myself as bread, which no one who has tasted any longer experiences death; and giving daily the drink of immortality. I am the teacher of supercelestial lessons. For you I contended with death and paid your death, which you owed for your former sins and for your
23.5Stählin 3:175
πρὸς θεὸν ἀπιστίᾳ.‹ τούτων τῶν λόγων ἑκατέρωθεν διακούσας ὑπὲρ σεαυτοῦ δίκασον καὶ τὴν ψῆφον ἀνένεγκε τῇ σαυτοῦ σωτηρίᾳ· κἂν ἀδελφὸς ὅμοια λέγῃ κἂν τέκνον κἂν γυνὴ κἂν ὁστισοῦν. πρὸ πάντων ἐν σοὶ Χριστὸς ὁ νικῶν ἔστω· ὑπὲρ σοῦ γὰρ ἀγωνίζεται.
pros theon apistią.‹ toutōn tōn logōn hekaterōthen diakousas hyper seautou dikason kai tēn psēphon anenenke tę̄ sautou sōtērią; kan adelphos homoia legę̄ kan teknon kan gynē kan hostisoun. pro pantōn en soi Christos ho nikōn estō; hyper sou gar agōnizetai.
unbelief toward God.’ Having heard these words from both sides, judge for yourself and cast your vote for your own salvation. Even if a brother says the same, or a child, or a wife, or anyone at all, before all things let Christ, who conquers, be in you; for he contends on your behalf.
Chapter 24
24.1Stählin 3:175
Δύνασαι καὶ τῶν χρημάτων ἐπίπροσθεν εἶναι; φράσον καὶ οὐκ ἀπάγει σε Χριστὸς τῆς κτήσεως, ὁ κύριος οὐ φθονεῖ. ἀλλʼ ὁρᾷς σεαυτὸν ἡττώμενον ὑπʼ αὐτῶν καὶ ἀνατρεπόμενον; ἄφες. ῥῖψον.
Dynasai kai tōn chrēmatōn epiprosthen einai? phrason kai ouk apagei se Christos tēs ktēseōs, ho kyrios ou phthonei. allʼ horąs seauton hēttōmenon hypʼ autōn kai anatrepomenon? aphes. rhipson.
Can you rise above your wealth? Say so, and Christ does not draw you away from possessing it; the Lord does not begrudge it. But do you see yourself overcome and overthrown by it? Let it go, throw it away,
24.2Stählin 3:175
μίσησον, ἀπόταξαι, φύγε· »κἂν ὁ δέξιός σου ὀφθαλμὸς σκανδαλίζῃ σε. ταχέως ἔκκοψον αὐτόν·« αἱρετώτερον ἑτεροφθάλμῳ βασιλεία θεοῦ ἢ ὁλοκλήρῳ τὸ πῦρ· κἂν χεὶρ κἂν ποὺς κἂν ἡ ψυχή, μίσησον αὐτήν. ἂν γὰρ ἐνταῦθα ἀπόληται ὑπὲρ Χριστοῦ, ἐκεῖ σωθήσεται.
misēson, apotaxai, phyge; »kan ho dexios sou ophthalmos skandalizę̄ se. tacheōs ekkopson auton;« hairetōteron heterophthalmǭ basileia theou ē holoklērǭ to pyr; kan cheir kan pous kan hē psychē, misēson autēn. an gar entautha apolētai hyper Christou, ekei sōthēsetai.
hate it, renounce it, flee it. “Even if your right eye causes you to stumble, cut it out quickly”; the kingdom of God with one eye is preferable to the fire with both. Whether it is a hand, a foot, or your own life, hate it; for if it perishes here for Christ's sake, it will be saved there.
Chapter 25
25.1Stählin 3:175
Ταύτης δὲ ὁμοίως ἔχεται τῆς γνώμης καὶ τὸ ἑπόμενον. »νῦν δὲ ἐν τῷ καιρῷ τούτῳ ἀγροὺς καὶ χρήματα καὶ οἰκίας καὶ ἀδελφοὺς ἔχειν μετὰ διωγμῶν εἰς ποῦ;«
Tautēs de homoiōs echetai tēs gnōmēs kai to hepomenon. »nyn de en tǭ kairǭ toutǭ agrous kai chrēmata kai oikias kai adelphous echein meta diōgmōn eis pou?«
The following saying holds to the same meaning: “But now in this time, to have fields and riches and houses and brothers with persecutions—to what end?”
25.2Stählin 3:175–176
οὔτε γὰρ ἀχρημάτους οὔτε ἀνεστίους οὔτε ἀναδέλφους ἐπὶ τὴν ζωὴν καλεῖ. ἐπεὶ καὶ πλουσίους κέκληκεν, ἀλλʼ ὃν τρόπον προειρήκαμεν, καὶ ἀδελφοὺς κατὰ ταὐτὸν ὥσπερ Πέτρον μετὰ Ἀνδρέου καὶ Ἰάκωβον μετὰ Ἰωάννου, τοὺς Ζεβεδαίου παῖδας, ἀλλʼ ὁμονοοῦντας ἀλλήλοις τε καὶ Χριστῷ.
oute gar achrēmatous oute anestious oute anadelphous epi tēn zōēn kalei. epei kai plousious keklēken, allʼ hon tropon proeirēkamen, kai adelphous kata tauton hōsper Petron meta Andreou kai Iakōbon meta Iōannou, tous Zebedaiou paidas, allʼ homonoountas allēlois te kai Christǭ.
For he does not call to life those without money, or without homes, or without brothers; since he has also called the rich, but in the way we have described before, and brothers in the same way, like Peter with Andrew, and James with John, the sons of Zebedee, but brothers of one mind with each other and with Christ.
25.3Stählin 3:176
τὸ δὲ »μετὰ διωγμῶν« ταῦτα ἕκαστα ἔχειν ἀποδοκιμάζει· διωγμὸς δὲ ὃ μέν τις ἔξωθεν περιγίνεται τῶν ἀνθρώπων ἢ διʼ ἔχθραν ἢ διὰ φθόνον ἢ διὰ φιλοκέρδειαν ἢ κατʼ ἐνέργειαν διαβολικὴν τοὺς πιστοὺς ἐλαυνόντων·
to de »meta diōgmōn« tauta hekasta echein apodokimazei; diōgmos de ho men tis exōthen periginetai tōn anthrōpōn ē diʼ echthran ē dia phthonon ē dia philokerdeian ē katʼ energeian diabolikēn tous pistous elaunontōn;
But the words “with persecutions” reject having each of these things. One kind of persecution comes from outside, from people who harass the faithful out of enmity, envy, love of gain, or at the devil's instigation;
25.4Stählin 3:176
ὁ δὲ χαλεπώτατος ἔνδοθέν ἐστι διωγμός, ἐξ αὐτῆς ἑκάστῳ τῆς ψυχῆς προπεμπόμενος λυμαινομένης ὑπὸ ἐπιθυμιῶν ἀθέων καὶ ἡδονῶν ποικίλων καὶ φαύλων ἐλπίδων καὶ φθαρτικῶν ὀνειροπολημάτων, ὅταν ἀεὶ τῶν πλειόνων ὀρεγομένη καὶ λυσσῶσα ὑπὸ ἀγρίων ἐρώτων καὶ φλεγομένη, καθάπερ κέντροις ἢ μύωψι τοῖς προσκειμένοις αὐτῇ πάθεσιν ἐξαιμάσσηται πρὸς σπουδὰς μανιώδεις καὶ ζωῆς ἀπόγνωσιν καὶ θεοῦ καταφρόνησιν.
ho de chalepōtatos endothen esti diōgmos, ex autēs hekastǭ tēs psychēs propempomenos lymainomenēs hypo epithymiōn atheōn kai hēdonōn poikilōn kai phaulōn elpidōn kai phthartikōn oneiropolēmatōn, hotan aei tōn pleionōn oregomenē kai lyssōsa hypo agriōn erōtōn kai phlegomenē, kathaper kentrois ē myōpsi tois proskeimenois autę̄ pathesin exaimassētai pros spoudas maniōdeis kai zōēs apognōsin kai theou kataphronēsin.
but the hardest persecution is from within, sent forth for each person from his own soul, which is ruined by godless desires, various pleasures, base hopes, and corrupting dreams, when, always craving more, raging and inflamed with savage loves, it is goaded as with spurs or gadflies by the passions that beset it, until it bleeds, into frenzied pursuits, despair of life, and contempt of God.
25.5Stählin 3:176
οὗτος ὁ διωγμὸς βαρύτερος καὶ χαλεπώτερος, ἔνδοθεν ὁρμώμενος, ἀεὶ συνών, ὃν οὐδὲ ἐκφυγεῖν ὁ διωκόμενος δύναται·
houtos ho diōgmos baryteros kai chalepōteros, endothen hormōmenos, aei synōn, hon oude ekphygein ho diōkomenos dynatai;
This persecution is heavier and harder, starting from within and always present, and the one persecuted cannot even escape it;
25.6Stählin 3:176
τὸν γὰρ ἐχθρὸν ἐν ἑαυτῷ περιάγει πανταχοῦ. οὕτω καὶ πύρωσις ἡ μὲν ἔξωθεν προσπίπτουσα δοκιμασίαν κατεργάζεται, ἡ δὲ ἔνδοθεν θάνατον διαπράσσεται.
ton gar echthron en heautǭ periagei pantachou. houtō kai pyrōsis hē men exōthen prospiptousa dokimasian katergazetai, hē de endothen thanaton diaprassetai.
for he carries the enemy about in himself everywhere. So too burning that falls on one from outside works testing, but burning from within brings about death.
25.7Stählin 3:176
καὶ πόλεμος ὁ μὲν ἐπακτὸς ῥᾳδίως καταλύεται, ὁ δὲ ἐν τῇ ψυχῇ μέχρι θανάτου παραμετρεῖται. μετὰ διωγμοῦ τοιούτου πλοῦτον ἐὰν ἔχῃς τὸν αἰσθητὸν κἂν ἀδελφοὺς τοὺς πρὸς αἵματος καὶ τὰ ἄλλα ἐνέχυρα, κατάλιπε τὴν τούτων παγκτησίαν τὴν ἐπὶ κακῷ, εἰρήνην σεαυτῷ παράσχες, ἐλευθερώθητι διωγμοῦ μακροῦ, ἀποστράφηθι πρὸς τὸ εὐαγγέλιον ἀπʼ ἐκείνων, ἑλοῦ τὸν σωτῆρα πρὸ πάντων, τὸν τῆς σῆς συνήγορον καὶ παράκλητον ψυχῆς, τὸν τῆς ἀπείρου πρύτανιν ζωῆς.
kai polemos ho men epaktos rhądiōs katalyetai, ho de en tę̄ psychę̄ mechri thanatou parametreitai. meta diōgmou toioutou plouton ean echę̄s ton aisthēton kan adelphous tous pros haimatos kai ta alla enechyra, katalipe tēn toutōn panktēsian tēn epi kakǭ, eirēnēn seautǭ parasches, eleutherōthēti diōgmou makrou, apostraphēthi pros to euangelion apʼ ekeinōn, helou ton sōtēra pro pantōn, ton tēs sēs synēgoron kai paraklēton psychēs, ton tēs apeirou prytanin zōēs.
And a war brought from outside is easily ended, but war in the soul lasts until death. If, with such persecution, you have sensible wealth, and brothers by blood, and other pledges, abandon the whole possession of these that leads to evil; give yourself peace; be set free from long persecution; turn from them to the gospel; choose the Savior before all, the advocate and paraclete of your soul, the ruler of boundless life.
25.8Stählin 3:176
»τὰ γὰρ βλεπόμενα πρόσκαιρα, τὰ δὲ μὴ βλεπόμενα αἰώνια·« καὶ ἐν μὲν τῷ παρόντι χρόνῳ ὠκύμορα καὶ ἀβέβαια. »ἐν δὲ τῷ ἐρχομένῳ ζωή[ν] ἐστιν αἰώνιος.«
»ta gar blepomena proskaira, ta de mē blepomena aiōnia;« kai en men tǭ paronti chronǭ ōkymora kai abebaia. »en de tǭ erchomenǭ zōē[n] estin aiōnios.«
“For the things that are seen are temporary, but the things that are not seen are eternal”; and in the present time they are short-lived and unstable, but “in the age to come there is eternal life.”
Chapter 26
26.1Stählin 3:176–177
»Ἔσονται οἱ πρῶτοι ἔσχατοι καὶ οἱ ἔσχατοι πρῶτοι.« τοῦτο πολύχουν μέν ἐστι κατὰ τὴν ὑπόνοιαν καὶ τὸν σαφηνισμόν, οὐ μὴν ἔν γε τῷ παρόντι τὴν ζήτησιν ἀπαιτεῖ· οὐ γὰρ μόνον ῥέπει πρὸς τοὺς πολυκτήμονας, ἀλλʼ ἁπλῶς πρὸς ἅπαντας ἀνθρώπους τοὺς πίστει καθάπαξ ἑαυτοὺς ἐπιδιδόντας. ὥστε τοῦτο μὲν ἀνακείσθω τὰ νῦν.
»Esontai hoi prōtoi eschatoi kai hoi eschatoi prōtoi.« touto polychoun men esti kata tēn hyponoian kai ton saphēnismon, ou mēn en ge tǭ paronti tēn zētēsin apaitei; ou gar monon rhepei pros tous polyktēmonas, allʼ haplōs pros hapantas anthrōpous tous pistei kathapax heautous epididontas. hōste touto men anakeisthō ta nyn.
“The first will be last and the last first.” This saying is rich in meaning and in explanation, but it does not require investigation at present; for it does not apply only to those with many possessions, but simply to all people who have once given themselves over to faith. So let it be set aside for now.
26.2Stählin 3:177
τὸ δέ γε προκείμενον ἡμῖν οἶμαι μηδέν τι ἐνδεέστερον τῆς ἐπαγγελίας δεδεῖχθαι, ὅτι τοὺς πλουσίους οὐδένα τρόπον ὁ σωτὴρ κατʼ αὐτόν γε τὸν πλοῦτον καὶ τὴν περιβολὴν τῆς κτήσεως ἀποκέκλεικεν οὐδʼ αὐτοῖς ἀποτετάφρευκεν τὴν σωτηρίαν, εἴ γε δύναιντο καὶ βούλοιντο ὑποκύπτειν τοῦ θεοῦ ταῖς ἐντολαῖς καὶ τῶν προσκαίρων προτιμῷεν τὴν ἑαυτῶν ζωὴν καὶ βλέποιεν πρὸς τὸν κύριον ἀτενεῖ τῷ βλέμματι, καθάπερ εἰς ἀγαθοῦ κυβερνήτου νεῦμα δεδορκότες, τί βούλεται, τί προστάσσει, τί σημαίνει, τί δίδωσι τοῖς αὑτοῦ ναύταις [τὸ] σύνθημα, ποῦ καὶ πόθεν τὸν ὅρμον ἐπαγγέλλεται.
to de ge prokeimenon hēmin oimai mēden ti endeesteron tēs epangelias dedeichthai, hoti tous plousious oudena tropon ho sōtēr katʼ auton ge ton plouton kai tēn peribolēn tēs ktēseōs apokekleiken oudʼ autois apotetaphreuken tēn sōtērian, ei ge dynainto kai boulointo hypokyptein tou theou tais entolais kai tōn proskairōn protimǭen tēn heautōn zōēn kai blepoien pros ton kyrion atenei tǭ blemmati, kathaper eis agathou kybernētou neuma dedorkotes, ti bouletai, ti prostassei, ti sēmainei, ti didōsi tois hautou nautais [to] synthēma, pou kai pothen ton hormon epangelletai.
But I think our subject has been shown no less than was promised: that the Savior has in no way shut out the rich on account of their wealth itself and the possession of property, nor has he fenced off salvation from them, if only they are able and willing to bow beneath God's commandments, to value their own life above temporary things, and to look to the Lord with steady gaze, as men watching the nod of a good helmsman, to see what he wishes, what he commands, what he signals, what watchword he gives his sailors, where and from where he announces the harbor.
26.3Stählin 3:177
τί γὰρ ἀδικεῖ τις, εἰ προσέχων τὴν γνώμην καὶ φειδόμενος πρὸ τῆς πίστεως βίον ἱκανὸν συνελέξατο; ἢ καὶ τὸ τούτου μᾶλλον ἀνέγκλητον, εἰ εὐθὺς ὑπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ τοῦ τὴν τύχην νέμοντος εἰς οἶκον τοιούτων ἀνθρώπων εἰσῳκίσθη καὶ γένος ἀμφιλαφὲς τοῖς χρήμασιν [ἰσχῦον] καὶ τῷ πλούτῳ κρατοῦν;
ti gar adikei tis, ei prosechōn tēn gnōmēn kai pheidomenos pro tēs pisteōs bion hikanon synelexato? ē kai to toutou mallon anenklēton, ei euthys hypo tou theou tou tēn tychēn nemontos eis oikon toioutōn anthrōpōn eisǭkisthē kai genos amphilaphes tois chrēmasin [ischyon] kai tǭ ploutǭ kratoun?
For what wrong does someone do if, by applying his mind and being thrifty, he gathered a sufficient livelihood before coming to faith? Or, even more blameless than this, if from the start he was placed by God, who distributes fortune, in a household of such people, and in a family abounding in money and powerful through wealth?
26.4Stählin 3:177
εἰ γὰρ διὰ τὴν ἀκούσιον ἐν πλούτῳ γένεσιν ἀπελήλαται ζωῆς, ἀδικεῖται μᾶλλον ὑπὸ τοῦ γειναμένου θεοῦ, προσκαίρου μὲν ἡδυπαθείας κατηξιωμένος, ἀιδίου δὲ ζωῆς ἀπεστερημένος,
ei gar dia tēn akousion en ploutǭ genesin apelēlatai zōēs, adikeitai mallon hypo tou geinamenou theou, proskairou men hēdypatheias katēxiōmenos, aidiou de zōēs apesterēmenos,
For if, because of an involuntary birth in wealth, he were driven from life, he would rather be wronged by God who gave him birth, being granted temporary luxury but deprived of eternal life.
26.5Stählin 3:177
τί δʼ ὅλως πλοῦτον ἐχρῆν ἐκ γῆς ἀνατεῖλαί ποτε, εἰ χορηγὸς καὶ πρόξενός ἐστι θανάτου;
ti dʼ holōs plouton echrēn ek gēs anateilai pote, ei chorēgos kai proxenos esti thanatou?
And why should wealth ever have sprung up from the earth at all, if it is the supplier and agent of death?
26.6Stählin 3:177
ἀλλʼ εἰ δύναταί τις ἐνδοτέρω τῶν ὑπαρχόντων κάμπτειν τῆς ἐξουσίας καὶ μέτρια φρονεῖν καὶ σωφρονεῖν καὶ θεὸν μόνον ζητεῖν καὶ θεὸν ἀναπνεῖν καὶ θεῷ συμπολιτεύεσθαι.
allʼ ei dynatai tis endoterō tōn hyparchontōn kamptein tēs exousias kai metria phronein kai sōphronein kai theon monon zētein kai theon anapnein kai theǭ sympoliteuesthai.
But if one is able to turn back short of the power his possessions give him, to think modestly, to be self-controlled, to seek God alone, to breathe God, and to live as a fellow citizen with God,
26.7Stählin 3:177
πτωχὸς οὗτος παρέστηκε ταῖς ἐντολαῖς, ἐλεύθερος, ἀήττητος, ἄνοσος, ἄτρωτος ὑπὸ χρημάτων· εἰ δὲ μή, θᾶττον κάμηλος διὰ βελόνης εἰσελεύσεται ἢ ὁ τοιοῦτος πλούσιος ἐπὶ τὴν βασιλείαν τοῦ θεοῦ παρελεύσεται.
ptōchos houtos parestēke tais entolais, eleutheros, aēttētos, anosos, atrōtos hypo chrēmatōn; ei de mē, thatton kamēlos dia belonēs eiseleusetai ē ho toioutos plousios epi tēn basileian tou theou pareleusetai.
this man stands before the commandments poor, free, unconquered, free of disease, unwounded by riches. But if not, a camel will sooner go through a needle than such a rich man pass into the kingdom of God.
26.8Stählin 3:177
σημαινέτω μὲν οὖν τι καὶ ὑψηλότερον ἡ κάμηλος διὰ στενῆς ὁδοῦ καὶ τεθλιμμένης φθάνουσα τὸν πλούσιον, ὅπερ ἐν τῇ περὶ ἀρχῶν καὶ θεολογίας ἐξηγήσει μυστήριον τοῦ σωτῆρος ὑπάρχει μαθεῖν·
sēmainetō men oun ti kai hypsēloteron hē kamēlos dia stenēs hodou kai tethlimmenēs phthanousa ton plousion, hoper en tę̄ peri archōn kai theologias exēgēsei mystērion tou sōtēros hyparchei mathein;
Let the camel, passing through a narrow and hard way before the rich man, signify something higher too, which is a mystery of the Savior to be learned in the exposition on first principles and theology.
Chapter 27
27.1Stählin 3:177
οὐ μὴν ἀλλὰ τό γε φαινόμενον πρῶτον καὶ διʼ ὃ λέλεκται τῆς παραβολῆς παρεχέσθω. διδασκέτω τοὺς εὐποροῦντας ὡς οὐκ ἀμελητέον τῆς ἑαυτῶν σωτηρίας ὡς ἤδη προκατεγνωσμένους οὐδὲ καταποντιστέον αὖ πάλιν τὸν πλοῦτον οὐδὲ καταδικαστέον ὡς τῆς ζωῆς ἐπίβουλον καὶ πολέμιον, ἀλλὰ μαθητέον τίνα τρόπον καὶ πῶς πλούτῳ χρηστέον καὶ τὴν ζωὴν κτητέον.
ou mēn alla to ge phainomenon prōton kai diʼ ho lelektai tēs parabolēs parechesthō. didasketō tous euporountas hōs ouk amelēteon tēs heautōn sōtērias hōs ēdē prokategnōsmenous oude katapontisteon au palin ton plouton oude katadikasteon hōs tēs zōēs epiboulon kai polemion, alla mathēteon tina tropon kai pōs ploutǭ chrēsteon kai tēn zōēn ktēteon.
Nevertheless, let the evident, primary meaning of the parable, and the reason it was spoken, be set out. Let it teach the prosperous that they must not neglect their own salvation as though already condemned, nor, on the other hand, sink their wealth in the sea or condemn it as a plotter and enemy of life, but learn in what way and how wealth is to be used and life obtained.
27.2Stählin 3:177–178
ἐπειδὴ γὰρ οὔτε ἐκ παντὸς ἀπόλλυταί τις, ὅτι πλουτεῖ δεδιώς, οὔτε ἐκ παντὸς σῴζεται θαρρῶν καὶ πιστεύων ὡς σωθήσεται, φέρε σκεπτέον ἥντινα τὴν ἐλπίδα αὐτοῖς ὁ σωτὴρ ὑπογράφει καὶ πῶς ἂν τὸ μὲν ἀνέλπιστον ἐχέγγυον γένοιτο, τὸ δὲ ἐλπισθὲν εἰς κτῆσιν ἀφίκοιτο.
epeidē gar oute ek pantos apollytai tis, hoti ploutei dediōs, oute ek pantos sǭzetai tharrōn kai pisteuōn hōs sōthēsetai, phere skepteon hēntina tēn elpida autois ho sōtēr hypographei kai pōs an to men anelpiston echengyon genoito, to de elpisthen eis ktēsin aphikoito.
For since no one is wholly lost because he is rich and fearful, nor wholly saved because he is confident and believes that he will be saved, come, let us consider what hope the Savior sketches for them, and how what seemed hopeless may become assured, and what is hoped for may come into possession.
27.3Stählin 3:178
Φησὶν οὖν ὁ διδάσκαλος, τίς ἡ μεγίστη τῶν ἐντολῶν ἠρωτημένος· »ἀγαπήσεις κύριον τὸν θεόν σου ἐξ ὅλης τῆς ψυχῆς σου καὶ ἐξ ὅλης τῆς δυνάμεώς σου«, ταύτης μείζω μηδεμίαν ἐντολὴν εἶναι, καὶ
Phēsin oun ho didaskalos, tis hē megistē tōn entolōn ērōtēmenos; »agapēseis kyrion ton theon sou ex holēs tēs psychēs sou kai ex holēs tēs dynameōs sou«, tautēs meizō mēdemian entolēn einai, kai
The Teacher, then, asked which is the greatest of the commandments, says: “You shall love the Lord your God with all your soul and with all your strength,” and that no commandment is greater than this; and
27.4Stählin 3:178
μάλα εἰκότως, καὶ γὰρ καὶ περὶ τοῦ πρώτου καὶ περὶ τοῦ μεγίστου παρήγγελται. αὐτοῦ τοῦ θεοῦ πατρὸς ἡμῶν, διʼ οὗ καὶ γέγονε καὶ ἔστι τὰ πάντα καὶ εἰς ὃν τὰ σῳζόμενα πάλιν ἐπανέρχεται.
mala eikotōs, kai gar kai peri tou prōtou kai peri tou megistou parēngeltai. autou tou theou patros hēmōn, diʼ hou kai gegone kai esti ta panta kai eis hon ta sǭzomena palin epanerchetai.
very fittingly, for it gives command concerning the first and the greatest, God our Father himself, through whom all things have come to be and are, and to whom what is saved returns again.
27.5Stählin 3:178
ὑπὸ τούτου τοίνυν προαγαπηθέντας καὶ τοῦ γενέσθαι τυχόντας οὐχ ὅσιον ἄλλο τι πρεσβύτερον ἄγειν καὶ τιμιώτερον, ἐκτίνοντας μόνην τὴν χάριν ταύτην μικρὰν ἐπὶ μεγίστοις, ἄλλο δὲ μηδοτιοῦν ἔχοντας ἀνενδεεῖ καὶ τελείῳ θεῷ πρὸς ἀμοιβὴν ἐπινοῆσαι, αὐτῷ δὲ τῷ ἀγαπᾶν τὸν πατέρα εἰς οἰκείαν ἰσχὺν καὶ δύναμιν ἀφθαρσίαν κομιζομένους, ὅσον γὰρ ἀγαπᾷ τις θεόν, τοσούτῳ καὶ πλέον ἐνδοτέρω τοῦ θεοῦ παραδύεται. Δευτέραν δὲ τάξει καὶ οὐδέν τι μικροτέραν ταύτης εἶναι
hypo toutou toinyn proagapēthentas kai tou genesthai tychontas ouch hosion allo ti presbyteron agein kai timiōteron, ektinontas monēn tēn charin tautēn mikran epi megistois, allo de mēdotioun echontas anendeei kai teleiǭ theǭ pros amoibēn epinoēsai, autǭ de tǭ agapan ton patera eis oikeian ischyn kai dynamin aphtharsian komizomenous, hoson gar agapą tis theon, tosoutǭ kai pleon endoterō tou theou paradyetai. Deuteran de taxei kai ouden ti mikroteran tautēs einai
Since we were loved by him first and received our existence from him, it is not holy to hold anything else older or more honorable. We repay only this small thanks for the greatest gifts, being unable to think of anything else at all to give in return to God, who needs nothing and is perfect; but by the very act of loving the Father with all our own strength and power we gain incorruption. For the more one loves God, the more one enters within God. He says that the second in order, and no smaller than this,
Chapter 28
28.1Stählin 3:178
λέγει τό· »ἀγαπήσεις τὸν πλησίον σου ὡς σεαυτόν·« οὐκοῦν τὸν θεὸν ὑπὲρ σεαυτόν.
legei to; »agapēseis ton plēsion sou hōs seauton;« oukoun ton theon hyper seauton.
is this: “You shall love your neighbor as yourself”; therefore God above yourself.
28.2Stählin 3:178
πυνθανομένου δὲ τοῦ προσδιαλεγομένου »τίς ἐστιν πλησίον;«
pynthanomenou de tou prosdialegomenou »tis estin plēsion?«
And when the man conversing with him asked, “Who is my neighbor?”
28.3Stählin 3:178
οὐ τὸν αὐτὸν τρόπον Ἰουδαίοις προωρίσατο τὸν πρὸς αἵματος οὐδὲ τὸν πολίτην οὐδὲ τὸν προσήλυτον οὐδὲ τὸν ὁμοίως περιτετμημένον οὐδὲ τὸν ἑνὶ καὶ ταὐτῷ νόμῳ χρώμενον· ἀλλὰ ἄνωθεν καταβαίνοντα ἀπὸ Ἱερουσαλὴμ ἄγει τῷ λόγῳ τινὰ εἰς Ἱεριχὼ καὶ τοῦτον δείκνυσιν ὑπὸ λῃστῶν συγκεκεντημένον, ἐρριμμένον ἡμιθνῆτα ἐπὶ τῆς ὁδοῦ, ὑπὸ ἱερέως παροδευόμενον, ὑπὸ Λευίτου παρορώμενον, ὑπὸ δὲ τοῦ Σαμαρείτου τοῦ ἐξωνειδισμένου καὶ ἀφωρισμένου κατελεούμενον, ὃς οὐχὶ κατὰ τύχην ὡς ἐκεῖνοι παρῆλθεν, ἀλλʼ ἧκε συνεσκευασμένος ὧν ὁ κινδυνεύων ἐδεῖτο, οἶνον, ἔλαιον, ἐπιδέσμους, κτῆνος, μισθὸν τῷ πανδοχεῖ, τὸν μὲν ἤδη διδόμενον, τὸν δὲ προσυπισχνούμενον. »τίς«, ἔφη, »τούτων γέγονε πλησίον τῷ τὰ δεινὰ παθόντι;«
ou ton auton tropon Ioudaiois proōrisato ton pros haimatos oude ton politēn oude ton prosēlyton oude ton homoiōs peritetmēmenon oude ton heni kai tautǭ nomǭ chrōmenon; alla anōthen katabainonta apo Hierousalēm agei tǭ logǭ tina eis Hierichō kai touton deiknysin hypo lę̄stōn synkekentēmenon, errimmenon hēmithnēta epi tēs hodou, hypo hiereōs parodeuomenon, hypo Leuitou parorōmenon, hypo de tou Samareitou tou exōneidismenou kai aphōrismenou kateleoumenon, hos ouchi kata tychēn hōs ekeinoi parēlthen, allʼ hēke syneskeuasmenos hōn ho kindyneuōn edeito, oinon, elaion, epidesmous, ktēnos, misthon tǭ pandochei, ton men ēdē didomenon, ton de prosypischnoumenon. »tis«, ephē, »toutōn gegone plēsion tǭ ta deina pathonti?«
he did not define him in the same way as the Jews, as the blood relative, or fellow citizen, or proselyte, or one likewise circumcised, or one who uses one and the same law. Instead, in his story he leads a man going down from above, from Jerusalem to Jericho, and shows him stabbed by robbers, thrown half-dead on the road, passed by by a priest, overlooked by a Levite, but pitied by the Samaritan, who was reviled and excluded. He did not pass by by chance like them, but came equipped with what the man in danger needed: wine, oil, bandages, a beast, and payment for the innkeeper, some given at once and more promised. “Which of these,” he said, “became a neighbor to the one who suffered these terrible things?”
28.4Stählin 3:178–179
τοῦ δὲ ἀποκριναμένου ὅτι »ὁ τὸν ἔλεον πρὸς αὐτὸν ἐπιδειξάμενος· καὶ σὺ τοίνυν πορευθεὶς οὕτω ποίει«, ὡς τῆς ἀγάπης βλαστανούσης εὐποιίαν.
tou de apokrinamenou hoti »ho ton eleon pros auton epideixamenos; kai sy toinyn poreutheis houtō poiei«, hōs tēs agapēs blastanousēs eupoiian.
And when he answered, “The one who showed mercy to him,” he said, “You too, then, go and do likewise,” since love bears the fruit of good deeds.
Chapter 29
29.1Stählin 3:179
Ἐν ἀμφοτέραις μὲν οὖν ταῖς ἐντολαῖς ἀγάπην εἰσηγεῖται, τάξει δʼ αὐτὴν διῄρηκε, καὶ ὅπου μὲν τὰ πρωτεῖα τῆς ἀγάπης ἀνάπτει τῷ θεῷ, ὅπου δὲ τὰ δευτερεῖα νέμει τῷ πλησίον.
En amphoterais men oun tais entolais agapēn eisēgeitai, taxei dʼ autēn dię̄rēke, kai hopou men ta prōteia tēs agapēs anaptei tǭ theǭ, hopou de ta deutereia nemei tǭ plēsion.
In both commandments, then, he introduces love, but he has divided it by order: in one place he attaches the first place of love to God, in the other he assigns the second place to the neighbor.
29.2Stählin 3:179
τίς δʼ ἂν ἄλλος οὗτος εἴη πλὴν αὐτὸς ὁ σωτήρ; ἢ τίς μᾶλλον ἡμᾶς ἐλεήσας ἐκείνου, τοὺς ὑπὸ τῶν κοσμοκρατόρων τοῦ σκότους ὀλίγου τεθανατωμένους τοῖς πολλοῖς τραύμασι. φόβοις, ἐπιθυμίαις. ὀργαῖς, λύπαις, ἀπάταις, ἡδοναῖς;
tis dʼ an allos houtos eiē plēn autos ho sōtēr? ē tis mallon hēmas eleēsas ekeinou, tous hypo tōn kosmokratorōn tou skotous oligou tethanatōmenous tois pollois traumasi. phobois, epithymiais. orgais, lypais, apatais, hēdonais?
And who else could this neighbor be but the Savior himself? Or who has had more mercy on us than he, when we had almost been put to death by the world rulers of darkness with many wounds: fears, desires, angers, griefs, deceits, pleasures?
29.3Stählin 3:179
τούτων δὲ τῶν τραυμάτων μόνος ἰατρὸς Ἰησοῦς, ἐκκόπτων ἄρδην τὰ πάθη πρόρριζα, οὐχ ὥσπερ ὁ νόμος ψιλὰ τὰ ἀποτελέσματα, τοὺς καρποὺς τῶν πονηρῶν φυτῶν, ἀλλὰ τὴν ἀξίνην τὴν ἑαυτοῦ πρὸς τὰς ῥίζας τῆς κακίας προσαγαγών.
toutōn de tōn traumatōn monos iatros Iēsous, ekkoptōn ardēn ta pathē prorriza, ouch hōsper ho nomos psila ta apotelesmata, tous karpous tōn ponērōn phytōn, alla tēn axinēn tēn heautou pros tas rhizas tēs kakias prosagagōn.
Of these wounds Jesus is the only physician, who cuts the passions out utterly, root and all; not like the law, which cuts off only the effects, the fruits of evil plants, but applying his own axe to the roots of vice.
29.4Stählin 3:179
οὗτος ὁ τὸν οἶνον, τὸ αἷμα τῆς ἀμπέλου τῆς Δαβίδ, ἐκχέας ἡμῶν ἐπὶ τὰς τετρωμένας ψυχάς, οὗτος ὁ τὸ ἔλαιον, τὸν ἐκ σπλάγχνων πατρὸς ἔλεον, προσενεγκὼν καὶ ἐπιδαψιλευόμενος, οὗτος ὁ τοὺς τῆς ὑγείας καὶ σωτηρίας δεσμοὺς ἀλύτους ἐπιδείξας, ἀγάπην, πίστιν, ἐλπίδα, οὗτος ὁ διακονεῖν ἀγγέλους καὶ ἀρχὰς καὶ ἐξουσίας ἡμῖν ἐπιτάξας ἐπὶ μεγάλῳ μισθῷ, διότι καὶ αὐτοὶ ἐλευθερωθήσονται ἀπὸ τῆς ματαιότητος τοῦ κόσμου παρὰ τὴν ἀποκάλυψιν τῆς δόξης τῶν υἱῶν τοῦ θεοῦ.
houtos ho ton oinon, to haima tēs ampelou tēs Dabid, ekcheas hēmōn epi tas tetrōmenas psychas, houtos ho to elaion, ton ek splanchnōn patros eleon, prosenenkōn kai epidapsileuomenos, houtos ho tous tēs hygeias kai sōtērias desmous alytous epideixas, agapēn, pistin, elpida, houtos ho diakonein angelous kai archas kai exousias hēmin epitaxas epi megalǭ misthǭ, dioti kai autoi eleutherōthēsontai apo tēs mataiotētos tou kosmou para tēn apokalypsin tēs doxēs tōn huiōn tou theou.
He it is who poured out on our wounded souls the wine, the blood of the vine of David; he it is who brought and lavishly supplied the oil, the mercy from the heart of the Father; he it is who showed the unbreakable bandages of health and salvation: love, faith, hope; he it is who ordered angels, principalities, and powers to serve us, for a great reward, because they too will be set free from the vanity of the world at the revelation of the glory of the sons of God.
29.5Stählin 3:179
τοῦτον οὖν ἀγαπᾶν ἴσα χρὴ τῷ θεῷ. ἀγαπᾷ δὲ Χριστὸν Ἰησοῦν ὁ τὸ θέλημα αὐτοῦ ποιῶν καὶ φυλάσσων αὐτοῦ τὰς ἐντολάς.
touton oun agapan isa chrē tǭ theǭ. agapą de Christon Iēsoun ho to thelēma autou poiōn kai phylassōn autou tas entolas.
We must love him, then, equally with God. And he loves Christ Jesus who does his will and keeps his commandments.
29.6Stählin 3:179
»οὐ γὰρ πᾶς ὁ λέγων μοι ›κύριε κύριε‹ εἰσελεύσεται εἰς τὴν βασιλείαν τῶν οὐρανῶν, ἀλλʼ ὁ ποιῶν τὸ θέλημα τοῦ πατρός μου.« καί· »τί με λέγετε ›κύριε κύριε‹ καὶ οὐ ποιεῖτε ἃ λέγω;« καί· »ὑμεῖς μακάριοι οἱ ὁρῶντες καὶ ἀκούοντες ἃ μήτε δίκαιοι μήτε προφῆται«, ἐὰν ποιῆτε ἃ λέγω.
»ou gar pas ho legōn moi ›kyrie kyrie‹ eiseleusetai eis tēn basileian tōn ouranōn, allʼ ho poiōn to thelēma tou patros mou.« kai; »ti me legete ›kyrie kyrie‹ kai ou poieite ha legō?« kai; »hymeis makarioi hoi horōntes kai akouontes ha mēte dikaioi mēte prophētai«, ean poiēte ha legō.
“For not everyone who says to me, ‘Lord, Lord,’ will enter the kingdom of heaven, but the one who does the will of my Father.” And: “Why do you call me ‘Lord, Lord,’ and do not do what I say?” And: “Blessed are you who see and hear what neither the righteous nor the prophets saw,” if you do what I say.
Chapter 30
30.1Stählin 3:179
Πρῶτος μὲν οὖν οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ Χριστὸν ἀγαπῶν. δεύτερος δὲ ὁ τοὺς ἐκείνῳ πεπιστευκότας τιμῶν καὶ περιέπων. ὃ γὰρ ἄν τις εἰς μαθητὴν ἐργάσηται, τοῦτο εἰς ἑαυτὸν ὁ κύριος ἐκδέχεται καὶ πᾶν ἑαυτοῦ ποιεῖται.
Prōtos men oun houtos estin ho Christon agapōn. deuteros de ho tous ekeinǭ pepisteukotas timōn kai periepōn. ho gar an tis eis mathētēn ergasētai, touto eis heauton ho kyrios ekdechetai kai pan heautou poieitai.
First, then, is the one who loves Christ; second, the one who honors and cares for those who have believed in him. For whatever one does to a disciple, the Lord receives as done to himself and makes it all his own.
30.2Stählin 3:179
»δεῦτε, οἱ εὐλογημένοι τοῦ πατρός μου, κληρονομήσατε τὴν ἡτοιμασμένην ὑμῖν βασιλείαν ἀπὸ καταβολῆς κόσμου. ἐπείνασα γὰρ καὶ ἐδώκατέ μοι φαγεῖν, καὶ ἐδίψησα καὶ ἐδώκατέ μοι πιεῖν. καὶ ξένος ἤμην καὶ συνηγάγετέ με.
»deute, hoi eulogēmenoi tou patros mou, klēronomēsate tēn hētoimasmenēn hymin basileian apo katabolēs kosmou. epeinasa gar kai edōkate moi phagein, kai edipsēsa kai edōkate moi piein. kai xenos ēmēn kai synēgagete me.
“Come, you who are blessed by my Father, inherit the kingdom prepared for you from the foundation of the world. For I was hungry and you gave me to eat, and I was thirsty and you gave me to drink, and I was a stranger and you took me in;
30.3Stählin 3:179–180
γυμνὸς ἤμην καὶ ἐνεδύσατέ με, ἠσθένησα καὶ ἐπεσκέψασθέ με, ἐν φυλακῇ ἤμην καὶ ἤλθετε πρός με. τότε ἀποκριθήσονται αὐτῷ οἱ δίκαιοι λέγοντες· κύριε, πότε σε εἴδομεν πεινῶντα καὶ ἐθρέψαμεν, ἢ διψῶντα καὶ ἐποτίσαμεν; πότε δὲ εἴδομέν σε ξένον καὶ συνηγάγομεν. ἢ γυμνὸν καὶ περιεβάλομεν; ἢ πότε σε εἴδομεν ἀσθενοῦντα καὶ ἐπεσκεψάμεθα;
gymnos ēmēn kai enedysate me, ēsthenēsa kai epeskepsasthe me, en phylakę̄ ēmēn kai ēlthete pros me. tote apokrithēsontai autǭ hoi dikaioi legontes; kyrie, pote se eidomen peinōnta kai ethrepsamen, ē dipsōnta kai epotisamen? pote de eidomen se xenon kai synēgagomen. ē gymnon kai periebalomen? ē pote se eidomen asthenounta kai epeskepsametha?
I was naked and you clothed me, I was sick and you visited me, I was in prison and you came to me. Then the righteous will answer him, saying, ‘Lord, when did we see you hungry and feed you, or thirsty and give you drink? When did we see you a stranger and take you in, or naked and clothe you? Or when did we see you sick and visit you,
30.4Stählin 3:180
ἢ ἐν φυλακῇ καὶ ἤλθομεν πρὸς σέ; ἀποκριθεὶς ὁ βασιλεὺς ἐρεῖ αὐτοῖς· ἀμὴν λέγω ὑμῖν. ἐφʼ ὅσον ἐποιήσατε ἑνὶ τούτων τῶν ἀδελφῶν μου τῶν ἐλαχίστων.
ē en phylakę̄ kai ēlthomen pros se? apokritheis ho basileus erei autois; amēn legō hymin. ephʼ hoson epoiēsate heni toutōn tōn adelphōn mou tōn elachistōn.
or in prison and come to you?’ The King will answer and say to them, ‘Truly I say to you, inasmuch as you did it to one of the least of these my brothers,
30.5Stählin 3:180
ἐμοὶ ἐποιήσατε.« πάλιν ἐκ τῶν ἐναντίων τοὺς ταῦτα μὴ παρασχόντας αὐτοῖς εἰς τὸ πῦρ ἐμβάλλει τὸ αἰώνιον, ὡς αὐτῷ μὴ παρεσχηκότας.
emoi epoiēsate.« palin ek tōn enantiōn tous tauta mē paraschontas autois eis to pyr emballei to aiōnion, hōs autǭ mē pareschēkotas.
you did it to me.’” Again, conversely, he casts into the eternal fire those who did not provide these things for them, as not having provided them for him.
30.6Stählin 3:180
καὶ ἀλλαχοῦ· »ὁ ὑμᾶς δεχόμενος ἐμὲ δέχεται, ὁ ὑμᾶς μὴ δεχόμενος ἐμὲ ἀθετεῖ.«
kai allachou; »ho hymas dechomenos eme dechetai, ho hymas mē dechomenos eme athetei.«
And elsewhere: “Whoever receives you receives me; whoever does not receive you rejects me.”
Chapter 31
31.1Stählin 3:180
Τούτους καὶ τέκνα καὶ παιδία καὶ νήπια καὶ φίλους ὀνομάζει καὶ μικροὺς ἐνθάδε ὡς πρὸς τὸ μέλλον ἄνω μέγεθος αὐτῶν. »μὴ καταφρονήσητε« λέγων »ἑνὸς τῶν μικρῶν τούτων· τούτων γὰρ οἱ ἄγγελοι διὰ παντὸς βλέπουσι τὸ πρόσωπον τοῦ πατρός μου τοῦ ἐν οὐρανοῖς.«
Toutous kai tekna kai paidia kai nēpia kai philous onomazei kai mikrous enthade hōs pros to mellon anō megethos autōn. »mē kataphronēsēte« legōn »henos tōn mikrōn toutōn; toutōn gar hoi angeloi dia pantos blepousi to prosōpon tou patros mou tou en ouranois.«
These he calls children, little children, infants, and friends, and little ones here, in view of their future greatness above: “Do not despise one of these little ones; for their angels always behold the face of my Father in heaven.”
31.2Stählin 3:180
καὶ ἑτέρωθι· »μὴ φοβεῖσθε. τὸ μικρὸν ποίμνιον· ὑμῖν γὰρ εὐδόκησεν ὁ πατὴρ παραδοῦναι τὴν βασιλείαν« τῶν οὐρανῶν.
kai heterōthi; »mē phobeisthe. to mikron poimnion; hymin gar eudokēsen ho patēr paradounai tēn basileian« tōn ouranōn.
And elsewhere: “Do not be afraid, little flock; for it has pleased the Father to give you the kingdom” of heaven.
31.3Stählin 3:180
κατὰ τὰ αὐτὰ καὶ τοῦ μεγίστου ἐν γεννητοῖς γυναικῶν Ἰωάννου τὸν ἐλάχιστον ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ τῶν οὐρανῶν, τουτέστι τὸν ἑαυτοῦ μαθητήν, εἶναι μείζω λέγει.
kata ta auta kai tou megistou en gennētois gynaikōn Iōannou ton elachiston en tę̄ basileią tōn ouranōn, toutesti ton heautou mathētēn, einai meizō legei.
In the same way he says that the least in the kingdom of heaven, that is, his own disciple, is greater than John, the greatest among those born of women.
31.4Stählin 3:180
καὶ πάλιν· »ὁ δεχόμενος δίκαιον ἢ προφήτην εἰς ὄνομα δικαίου ἢ προφήτου τὸν ἐκείνων μισθὸν λήψεται. ὁ δὲ μαθητὴν ποτίσας εἰς ὄνομα μαθητοῦ ποτήριον ψυχροῦ ὕδατος τὸν μισθὸν οὐκ ἀπολέσει.« οὐκοῦν οὗτος μόνος ὁ μισθὸς οὐκ ἀπολλύμενός ἐστι.
kai palin; »ho dechomenos dikaion ē prophētēn eis onoma dikaiou ē prophētou ton ekeinōn misthon lēpsetai. ho de mathētēn potisas eis onoma mathētou potērion psychrou hydatos ton misthon ouk apolesei.« oukoun houtos monos ho misthos ouk apollymenos esti.
And again: “Whoever receives a righteous man or a prophet in the name of a righteous man or a prophet will receive their reward; and whoever gives a disciple a cup of cold water to drink in the name of a disciple will not lose his reward.” So this is the only reward that is not lost.
31.5Stählin 3:180
καὶ αὖθις· »ποιήσατε ἑαυτοῖς φίλους ἐκ τοῦ μαμωνᾶ τῆς ἀδικίας.
kai authis; »poiēsate heautois philous ek tou mamōna tēs adikias.
And again: “Make friends for yourselves by means of the mammon of unrighteousness,
31.6Stählin 3:180
ἵνα ὅταν ἐκλίπῃ, δέξωνται ὑμᾶς εἰς τὰς αἰωνίους σκηνάς.« φύσει μὲν ἅπασαν κτῆσιν, ἣν αὐτός τις ἐφʼ ἑαυτοῦ κέκτηται ὡς ἰδίαν οὖσαν καὶ οὐκ εἰς κοινὸν τοῖς δεομένοις κατατίθησιν, ἄδικον οὖσαν ἀποφαίνων, ἐκ δὲ ταύτης τῆς ἀδικίας ἐνὸν καὶ πρᾶγμα δίκαιον ἐργάσασθαι καὶ σωτήριον, ἀναπαῦσαί τινα τῶν ἐχόντων αἰώνιον σκηνὴν παρὰ τῷ πατρί.
hina hotan eklipę̄, dexōntai hymas eis tas aiōnious skēnas.« physei men hapasan ktēsin, hēn autos tis ephʼ heautou kektētai hōs idian ousan kai ouk eis koinon tois deomenois katatithēsin, adikon ousan apophainōn, ek de tautēs tēs adikias enon kai pragma dikaion ergasasthai kai sōtērion, anapausai tina tōn echontōn aiōnion skēnēn para tǭ patri.
so that when it fails they may receive you into the eternal dwellings.” He shows that by nature all property that someone possesses for himself as his own, and does not put into the common stock for those in need, is unrighteous; but that from this unrighteousness it is possible to do something righteous and saving: to refresh one of those who have an eternal dwelling with the Father.
31.7Stählin 3:180
Ὅρα πρῶτον μὲν ὡς οὐκ ἀπαιτεῖσθαί σε κεκέλευκεν οὐδὲ ἐνοχλεῖσθαι περιμένειν, ἀλλὰ αὐτὸν ζητεῖν τοὺς εὖ πεισομένους ἀξίους
Hora prōton men hōs ouk apaiteisthai se kekeleuken oude enochleisthai perimenein, alla auton zētein tous eu peisomenous axious
See first that he has not commanded you to wait to be asked or pestered, but to seek out yourself those who are to be benefited and who are worthy,
31.8Stählin 3:180–181
τε ὄντας τοῦ σωτῆρος μαθητάς, καλὸς μὲν οὖν καὶ ὁ τοῦ ἀποστόλου λόγος· »ἱλαρὸν γὰρ δότην ἀγαπᾷ ὁ θεός«, χαίροντα τῷ διδόναι καὶ μὴ φειδομένως σπείροντα, ἵνα μὴ οὕτως καὶ θερίσῃ. δίχα γογγυσμῶν καὶ διακρίσεως καὶ λύπης [καὶ] κοινωνοῦντα, ὅπερ ἐστὶν εὐεργεσία καθαρά.
te ontas tou sōtēros mathētas, kalos men oun kai ho tou apostolou logos; »hilaron gar dotēn agapą ho theos«, chaironta tǭ didonai kai mē pheidomenōs speironta, hina mē houtōs kai therisę̄. dicha gongysmōn kai diakriseōs kai lypēs [kai] koinōnounta, hoper estin euergesia kathara.
being disciples of the Savior. Fine too is the apostle's saying: “For God loves a cheerful giver,” who rejoices in giving and does not sow sparingly, so that he may not reap sparingly either, who shares without grumbling, hesitation, or grief, which is pure beneficence.
31.9Stählin 3:181
κρείττων δʼ ἐστὶ τούτου ὁ τοῦ κυρίου λελεγμένος ἐν ἄλλῳ χωρίῳ· »παντὶ τῷ αἰτοῦντί σε δίδου·« θεοῦ γὰρ ὄντως ἡ τοιαύτη φιλοδωρία. οὑτοσὶ δὲ ὁ λόγος ὑπὲρ ἅπασάν ἐστι θεότητα, μηδὲ αἰτεῖσθαι περιμένειν, ἀλλʼ αὐτὸν ἀναζητεῖν, ὅστις ἄξιος εὖ παθεῖν,
kreittōn dʼ esti toutou ho tou kyriou lelegmenos en allǭ chōriǭ; »panti tǭ aitounti se didou;« theou gar ontōs hē toiautē philodōria. houtosi de ho logos hyper hapasan esti theotēta, mēde aiteisthai perimenein, allʼ auton anazētein, hostis axios eu pathein,
But better than this is the saying of the Lord in another place: “Give to everyone who asks you”; for such generosity truly belongs to God. But this saying goes beyond all divinity: not even to wait to be asked, but oneself to search out whoever is worthy to be benefited,
Chapter 32
32.1Stählin 3:181
ἔπειτα τηλικοῦτον μισθὸν ὁρίσαι τῆς κοινωνίας, αἰώνιον σκηνήν. ὢ καλῆς ἐμπορίας, ὢ θείας ἀγορᾶς· ὠνεῖται χρημάτων τις ἀφθαρσίαν. καὶ δοὺς τὰ διολλύμενα τοῦ κόσμου μονὴν τούτων αἰώνιον ἐν οὐρανοῖς ἀντιλαμβάνει.
epeita tēlikouton misthon horisai tēs koinōnias, aiōnion skēnēn. ō kalēs emporias, ō theias agoras; ōneitai chrēmatōn tis aphtharsian. kai dous ta diollymena tou kosmou monēn toutōn aiōnion en ouranois antilambanei.
and then to appoint so great a reward for sharing: an eternal dwelling. O fine trading! O divine market! One buys incorruption with money, and, giving the perishing things of the world, receives in exchange an eternal abode for them in heaven.
32.2Stählin 3:181
πλεῦσον ἐπὶ ταύτην, ἂν σωφρονῇς. τὴν πανήγυριν, ὦ πλούσιε, κἂν δέῃ, περίελθε γῆν ὅλην. μὴ φείσῃ κινδύνων καὶ πόνων, ἵνʼ ἐνταῦθα βασιλείαν οὐράνιον ἀγοράσῃς.
pleuson epi tautēn, an sōphronę̄s. tēn panēgyrin, ō plousie, kan deę̄, perielthe gēn holēn. mē pheisę̄ kindynōn kai ponōn, hinʼ entautha basileian ouranion agorasę̄s.
Sail to this fair, O rich man, if you are wise; if need be, go round the whole earth; do not spare dangers and labors, so that here you may buy a heavenly kingdom.
32.3Stählin 3:181
τί σε λίθοι διαφανεῖς καὶ σμάραγδοι τοσοῦτον εὐφραίνουσι καὶ οἰκία. τροφὴ πυρὸς ἢ χρόνου παίγνιον ἢ σεισμοῦ πάρεργον ἢ ὕβρισμα τυράννου;
ti se lithoi diaphaneis kai smaragdoi tosouton euphrainousi kai oikia. trophē pyros ē chronou paignion ē seismou parergon ē hybrisma tyrannou?
Why do transparent stones and emeralds delight you so much, and a house, food for fire, or a plaything of time, or a byproduct of an earthquake, or an outrage of a tyrant?
32.4Stählin 3:181
ἐπιθύμησον ἐν οὐρανοῖς οἰκῆσαι καὶ βασιλεῦσαι μετὰ θεοῦ, ταύτην σοὶ τὴν βασιλείαν ἄνθρωπος δώσει θεὸν ἀπομιμούμενος· ἐνταῦθα μικρὰ λαβὼν ἐκεῖ διʼ ὅλων αἰώνων σύνοικόν σε ποιήσεται.
epithymēson en ouranois oikēsai kai basileusai meta theou, tautēn soi tēn basileian anthrōpos dōsei theon apomimoumenos; entautha mikra labōn ekei diʼ holōn aiōnōn synoikon se poiēsetai.
Desire to dwell in heaven and reign with God. A man imitating God will give you this kingdom; receiving little here, he will make you his fellow resident there through all the ages.
32.5Stählin 3:181
ἱκέτευσον ἵνα λάβῃ· σπεῦσον, ἀγωνίασον, φοβήθητι μή σε ἀτιμάσῃ· οὐ γὰρ κεκέλευσται λαβεῖν, ἀλλὰ σὺ παρασχεῖν.
hiketeuson hina labę̄; speuson, agōniason, phobēthēti mē se atimasę̄; ou gar kekeleustai labein, alla sy paraschein.
Beg him to accept; hurry, strive, fear that he may slight you; for he has not been commanded to receive, but you to give.
32.6Stählin 3:181
οὐ μὴν οὐδʼ εἶπεν ὁ κύριος· ›δὸς‹ ἢ ›παράσχες‹ ἢ ›εὐεργέτησον‹ ἢ ›βοήθησον‹, ›φίλον‹ δὲ ›ποίησαι‹· ὁ δὲ φίλος οὐκ ἐκ μιᾶς δόσεως γίνεται, ἀλλʼ ἐξ ὅλης ἀναπαύσεως καὶ συνουσίας μακρᾶς· οὔτε γὰρ ἡ πίστις οὔτε ἡ ἀγάπη οὔτε ἡ καρτερία μιᾶς ἡμέρας, ἀλλʼ »ὁ ὑπομείνας εἰς τέλος, οὗτος σωθήσεται«.
ou mēn oudʼ eipen ho kyrios; ›dos‹ ē ›parasches‹ ē ›euergetēson‹ ē ›boēthēson‹, ›philon‹ de ›poiēsai‹; ho de philos ouk ek mias doseōs ginetai, allʼ ex holēs anapauseōs kai synousias makras; oute gar hē pistis oute hē agapē oute hē karteria mias hēmeras, allʼ »ho hypomeinas eis telos, houtos sōthēsetai«.
Nor did the Lord say, ‘Give,’ or ‘Provide,’ or ‘Do good,’ or ‘Help,’ but ‘Make a friend’; and a friend is made not from one gift, but from complete refreshment and long companionship. For neither faith, nor love, nor endurance is a matter of one day, but “the one who endures to the end will be saved.”
Chapter 33
33.1Stählin 3:181
Πῶς οὖν ὁ ἄνθρωπος ταῦτα δίδωσιν; ὅτι διὰ τὴν ἐκείνου τιμὴν καὶ εὔνοιαν καὶ οἰκείωσιν ὁ κύριος δίδωσι· »δώσω γὰρ οὐ μόνον τοῖς φίλοις, ἀλλὰ καὶ τοῖς φίλοις τῶν φίλων.«
Pōs oun ho anthrōpos tauta didōsin? hoti dia tēn ekeinou timēn kai eunoian kai oikeiōsin ho kyrios didōsi; »dōsō gar ou monon tois philois, alla kai tois philois tōn philōn.«
How then does a man give these things? Because the Lord gives them on account of that man's honor, goodwill, and intimacy with him: “For I will give not only to my friends, but also to the friends of my friends.”
33.2Stählin 3:181–182
καὶ τίς οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ φίλος τοῦ θεοῦ; σὺ μὲν μὴ κρῖνε, τίς ἄξιος καὶ τίς ἀνάξιος· ἐνδέχεται γάρ σε διαμαρτεῖν περὶ τὴν δόξαν· ὡς ἐν ἀμφιβόλῳ δὲ τῆς ἀγνοίας ἄμεινον καὶ τοὺς ἀναξίους εὖ ποιεῖν διὰ τοὺς ἀξίους ἢ φυλασσόμενον τοὺς ἧσσον ἀγαθοὺς μηδὲ τοῖς σπουδαίοις περιπεσεῖν.
kai tis houtos estin ho philos tou theou? sy men mē krine, tis axios kai tis anaxios; endechetai gar se diamartein peri tēn doxan; hōs en amphibolǭ de tēs agnoias ameinon kai tous anaxious eu poiein dia tous axious ē phylassomenon tous hēsson agathous mēde tois spoudaiois peripesein.
And who is this friend of God? Do not you judge who is worthy and who is unworthy; for you may be quite mistaken in your opinion. In the uncertainty of ignorance it is better to do good even to the unworthy for the sake of the worthy, than, guarding against the less good, not to meet the earnest either.
33.3Stählin 3:182
ἐκ μὲν γὰρ τοῦ φείδεσθαι καὶ προσποιεῖσθαι δοκιμάζειν τοὺς εὐλόγως ἢ μὴ τευξομένους ἐνδέχεταί σε καὶ θεοφιλῶν ἀμελῆσαί τινων, οὗ τὸ ἐπιτίμιον κόλασις ἔμπυρος αἰώνιος· ἐκ δὲ τοῦ προΐεσθαι πᾶσιν ἑξῆς τοῖς χρῄζουσιν ἀνάγκη πάντως εὑρεῖν τινα καὶ τῶν σῶσαι παρὰ θεῷ δυναμένων.
ek men gar tou pheidesthai kai prospoieisthai dokimazein tous eulogōs ē mē teuxomenous endechetai se kai theophilōn amelēsai tinōn, hou to epitimion kolasis empyros aiōnios; ek de tou proïesthai pasin hexēs tois chrę̄zousin anankē pantōs heurein tina kai tōn sōsai para theǭ dynamenōn.
For by being sparing and pretending to test who will deserve to receive or not, you may neglect some who are loved by God, the penalty for which is eternal punishment by fire; but by giving to all in turn who are in need, you must surely find one of those who can save you with God.
33.4Stählin 3:182
»μὴ κρῖνε« τοίνυν, »ἵνα μὴ κριθῇς· ᾧ μέτρῳ μετρεῖς. τούτῳ καὶ ἀντιμετρηθήσεταί σοι· μέτρον καλόν. πεπιεσμένον καὶ σεσαλευμένον.
»mē krine« toinyn, »hina mē krithę̄s; hǭ metrǭ metreis. toutǭ kai antimetrēthēsetai soi; metron kalon. pepiesmenon kai sesaleumenon.
“Do not judge,” then, “so that you may not be judged. With the measure you measure, it will be measured back to you; a good measure, pressed down and shaken,
33.5Stählin 3:182
ὑπερεκχυνόμενον, ἀποδοθήσεταί σοι.« πᾶσιν ἄνοιξον τὰ σπλάγχνα τοῖς τοῦ θεοῦ μαθηταῖς ἀπογεγραμμένοις. μὴ πρὸς σῶμα ἀπιδὼν ὑπερόπτως.
hyperekchynomenon, apodothēsetai soi.« pasin anoixon ta splanchna tois tou theou mathētais apogegrammenois. mē pros sōma apidōn hyperoptōs.
running over, will be given back to you.” Open your heart to all who are enrolled as God's disciples, not looking at the body with contempt,
33.6Stählin 3:182
μὴ πρὸς ἡλικίαν ἀμελῶς διατεθείς, μηδʼ εἴ τις ἀκτήμων ἢ δυσείμων ἢ δυσειδὴς ἢ ἀσθενὴς φαίνεται, πρὸς τοῦτο τῇ ψυχῇ δυσχεράνῃς καὶ ἀποστραφῇς. σχῆμα τοῦτʼ ἔστιν ἔξωθεν ἡμῖν περιβεβλημένον τῆς εἰς κόσμον παρόδου προφάσει, ἵνʼ εἰς τὸ κοινὸν τοῦτο παιδευτήριον εἰσελθεῖν δυνηθῶμεν· ἀλλʼ ἔνδον κρυπτὸς ἐνοικεῖ ὁ πατὴρ καὶ ὁ τούτου παῖς ὁ ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν ἀποθανὼν καὶ μεθʼ ἡμῶν ἀναστάς.
mē pros hēlikian amelōs diatetheis, mēdʼ ei tis aktēmōn ē dyseimōn ē dyseidēs ē asthenēs phainetai, pros touto tę̄ psychę̄ dyscheranę̄s kai apostraphę̄s. schēma toutʼ estin exōthen hēmin peribeblēmenon tēs eis kosmon parodou prophasei, hinʼ eis to koinon touto paideutērion eiselthein dynēthōmen; allʼ endon kryptos enoikei ho patēr kai ho toutou pais ho hyper hēmōn apothanōn kai methʼ hēmōn anastas.
nor disposed carelessly toward their age; nor, if someone appears without property, or ill-clad, or ugly, or weak, be disgusted at this in your soul and turn away. This is a form thrown around us from outside, on the occasion of our passage into the world, so that we may be able to enter this common school; but within dwells hidden the Father and his Son, who died for us and rose with us.
Chapter 34
34.1Stählin 3:182
Τοῦτο τὸ σχῆμα τὸ βλεπόμενον ἐξαπατᾷ τὸν θάνατον καὶ τὸν διάβολον· ὁ γὰρ ἐντὸς πλοῦτος καὶ τὸ κάλλος αὐτοῖς ἀθέατός ἐστι· καὶ μαίνονται περὶ τὸ σαρκίον, οὗ καταφρονοῦσιν ὡς ἀσθενοῦς. τῶν ἔνδον ὄντες τυφλοὶ κτημάτων, οὐκ ἐπιστάμενοι πηλίκον τινὰ »θησαυρὸν ἐν ὀστρακίνῳ σκεύει« βαστάζομεν, δυνάμει θεοῦ πατρὸς καὶ αἵματι θεοῦ παιδὸς καὶ δρόσῳ πνεύματος ἁγίου περιτετειχισμένον. ἀλλὰ σύ γε μὴ ἐξαπατηθῇς.
Touto to schēma to blepomenon exapatą ton thanaton kai ton diabolon; ho gar entos ploutos kai to kallos autois atheatos esti; kai mainontai peri to sarkion, hou kataphronousin hōs asthenous. tōn endon ontes typhloi ktēmatōn, ouk epistamenoi pēlikon tina »thēsauron en ostrakinǭ skeuei« bastazomen, dynamei theou patros kai haimati theou paidos kai drosǭ pneumatos hagiou periteteichismenon. alla sy ge mē exapatēthę̄s.
This visible form deceives death and the devil; for the inner wealth and beauty are invisible to them, and they rage around the poor flesh, which they despise as weak, being blind to the inner possessions, not knowing what a great “treasure in an earthen vessel” we carry, walled around by the power of God the Father, the blood of God the Son, and the dew of the Holy Spirit. But do not you be deceived.
34.2Stählin 3:182
ὁ γεγευμένος ἀληθείας καὶ κατηξιωμένος τῆς μεγάλης λυτρώσεως, ἀλλὰ τὸ ἐναντίον τοῖς ἄλλοις ἀνθρώποις σεαυτῷ κατάλεξον στρατὸν ἄοπλον, ἀπόλεμον, ἀναίμακτον, ἀόργητον, ἀμίαντον, γέροντας θεοσεβεῖς. ὀρφανοὺς θεοφιλεῖς, χήρας πραότητι ὡπλισμένας.
ho gegeumenos alētheias kai katēxiōmenos tēs megalēs lytrōseōs, alla to enantion tois allois anthrōpois seautǭ katalexon straton aoplon, apolemon, anaimakton, aorgēton, amianton, gerontas theosebeis. orphanous theophileis, chēras praotēti hōplismenas.
you who have tasted truth and been counted worthy of the great redemption. On the contrary, unlike other people, enroll for yourself an army without weapons, without war, without bloodshed, without anger, without stain: God-fearing old men, orphans dear to God, widows armed with gentleness,
34.3Stählin 3:182–183
ἄνδρας ἀγάπῃ κεκοσμημένους. τοιούτους κτῆσαι τῷ σῷ πλούτῳ καὶ τῷ σώματι καὶ τῇ ψυχῇ δορυφόρους, ὧν στρατηγεῖ θεός. διʼ οὓς καὶ ναῦς βαπτιζομένη κουφίζεται, μόναις ἁγίων εὐχαῖς κυβερνωμένη. καὶ νόσος ἀκμάζουσα δαμάζεται, χειρῶν ἐπιβολαῖς διωκομένη. καὶ προσβολὴ λῃστῶν ἀφοπλίζεται, εὐχαῖς εὐσεβέσι σκυλευομένη, καὶ δαιμόνων βία θραύεται προστάγμασι συντόνοις ἐλεγχομένη.
andras agapę̄ kekosmēmenous. toioutous ktēsai tǭ sǭ ploutǭ kai tǭ sōmati kai tę̄ psychę̄ doryphorous, hōn stratēgei theos. diʼ hous kai naus baptizomenē kouphizetai, monais hagiōn euchais kybernōmenē. kai nosos akmazousa damazetai, cheirōn epibolais diōkomenē. kai prosbolē lę̄stōn aphoplizetai, euchais eusebesi skyleuomenē, kai daimonōn bia thrauetai prostagmasi syntonois elenchomenē.
men adorned with love. Acquire such bodyguards with your wealth, for body and soul, whose general is God. Through them a sinking ship is lightened, steered by the prayers of the saints alone; raging disease is subdued, put to flight by the laying on of hands; the attack of robbers is disarmed, despoiled by godly prayers; and the violence of demons is shattered, rebuked by earnest commands.
Chapter 35
35.1Stählin 3:183
Ἐνεργοὶ οὗτοι πάντες [οἱ] στρατιῶται καὶ φύλακες βέβαιοι. οὐδεὶς ἀργός, οὐδεὶς ἀχρεῖος. ὃ μὲν ἐξαιτήσασθαί σε δύναται παρὰ θεοῦ. ὃ δὲ παραμυθήσασθαι κάμνοντα, ὃ δὲ δακρῦσαι καὶ στενάξαι συμπαθῶς ὑπὲρ σοῦ πρὸς τὸν κύριον τῶν ὅλων, ὃ δὲ διδάξαι τι τῶν πρὸς τὴν σωτηρίαν χρησίμων, ὃ δὲ νουθετῆσαι μετὰ παρρησίας, ὃ δὲ συμβουλεῦσαι μετʼ εὐνοίας, πάντες δὲ φιλεῖν ἀληθῶς, ἀδόλως, ἀφόβως. ἀνυποκρίτως, ἀκολακεύτως.
Energoi houtoi pantes [hoi] stratiōtai kai phylakes bebaioi. oudeis argos, oudeis achreios. ho men exaitēsasthai se dynatai para theou. ho de paramythēsasthai kamnonta, ho de dakrysai kai stenaxai sympathōs hyper sou pros ton kyrion tōn holōn, ho de didaxai ti tōn pros tēn sōtērian chrēsimōn, ho de nouthetēsai meta parrēsias, ho de symbouleusai metʼ eunoias, pantes de philein alēthōs, adolōs, aphobōs. anypokritōs, akolakeutōs.
All these are active soldiers and sure guards. No one is idle, no one useless. One can obtain your pardon from God; another can comfort you when you are sick; another can weep and groan in sympathy for you before the Lord of all; another can teach you something useful for salvation; another can admonish you with boldness; another can counsel you with goodwill; and all can love you truly, without guile, without fear, without hypocrisy, without flattery,
35.2Stählin 3:183
ἀπλάστως. ὦ γλυκεῖαι θεραπεῖαι φιλούντων, ὦ μακάριοι διακονίαι θαρρούντων, ὦ πίστις εἰλικρινὴς θεὸν μόνον δεδιότων, ὦ λόγων ἀλήθεια παρὰ τοῖς ψεύσασθαι μὴ δυναμένοις, ὦ κάλλος ἔργων παρὰ τοῖς θεῷ διακονεῖν πεπεισμένοις. πείθειν θεόν, ἀρέσκειν θεῷ· οὐ σαρκὸς τῆς σῆς ἅπτεσθαι δοκοῦσιν. ἀλλὰ τῆς ἑαυτοῦ ψυχῆς ἕκαστος, οὐκ ἀδελφῷ λαλεῖν, ἀλλὰ τῷ βασιλεῖ τῶν αἰώνων ἐν σοὶ κατοικοῦντι.
aplastōs. ō glykeiai therapeiai philountōn, ō makarioi diakoniai tharrountōn, ō pistis eilikrinēs theon monon dediotōn, ō logōn alētheia para tois pseusasthai mē dynamenois, ō kallos ergōn para tois theǭ diakonein pepeismenois. peithein theon, areskein theǭ; ou sarkos tēs sēs haptesthai dokousin. alla tēs heautou psychēs hekastos, ouk adelphǭ lalein, alla tǭ basilei tōn aiōnōn en soi katoikounti.
without pretense. O sweet services of those who love! O blessed ministries of those who are bold! O sincere faith of those who fear God alone! O truth of words among those who cannot lie! O beauty of works among those persuaded that they serve God, persuading God, pleasing God! They think they touch not your flesh but each one his own soul; they think they speak not to a brother but to the King of the ages, who dwells in you.
Chapter 36
36.1Stählin 3:183
Πάντες οὖν οἱ πιστοὶ καλοὶ καὶ θεοπρεπεῖς καὶ τῆς προσηγορίας ἄξιοι, ἣν ὥσπερ διάδημα περίκεινται. οὐ μὴν ἀλλʼ εἰσὶν ἤδη τινὲς καὶ τῶν ἐκλεκτῶν ἐκλεκτότεροι, καὶ τοσούτῳ μᾶλλον ᾗ ἧττον ἐπίσημοι, τρόπον τινὰ ἐκ τοῦ κλύδωνος τοῦ κόσμου νεωλκοῦντες ἑαυτοὺς καὶ ἐπανάγοντες ἐπʼ ἀσφαλές, οὐ βουλόμενοι δοκεῖν ἅγιοι. κἂν εἴπῃ τις, αἰσχυνόμενοι, ἐν βάθει γνώμης ἀποκρύπτοντες τὰ ἀνεκλάλητα μυστήρια. καὶ τὴν αὑτῶν εὐγένειαν ὑπερηφανοῦντες ἐν κόσμῳ βλέπεσθαι, οὓς ὁ λόγος »φῶς τοῦ κόσμου« καὶ »ἅλας τῆς γῆς« καλεῖ.
Pantes oun hoi pistoi kaloi kai theoprepeis kai tēs prosēgorias axioi, hēn hōsper diadēma perikeintai. ou mēn allʼ eisin ēdē tines kai tōn eklektōn eklektoteroi, kai tosoutǭ mallon hę̄ hētton episēmoi, tropon tina ek tou klydōnos tou kosmou neōlkountes heautous kai epanagontes epʼ asphales, ou boulomenoi dokein hagioi. kan eipę̄ tis, aischynomenoi, en bathei gnōmēs apokryptontes ta aneklalēta mystēria. kai tēn hautōn eugeneian hyperēphanountes en kosmǭ blepesthai, hous ho logos »phōs tou kosmou« kai »halas tēs gēs« kalei.
All the faithful, then, are noble and godlike and worthy of the name they wear like a diadem. Yet there are already some more elect than the elect, and the more so the less conspicuous they are: those who in some way draw their ship up out of the surge of the world and bring themselves to safety, not wishing to seem holy, and ashamed if anyone calls them so, hiding the unspeakable mysteries in the depth of their mind, and disdaining to have their nobility seen in the world. These the Word calls “the light of the world” and “the salt of the earth.”
36.2Stählin 3:183
τοῦτʼ ἔστι τὸ σπέρμα, εἰκὼν καὶ ὁμοίωσις θεοῦ, καὶ τέκνον αὐτοῦ γνήσιον καὶ κληρονόμον, ὥσπερ ἐπί τινα ξενιτείαν ἐνταῦθα πεμπόμενον ὑπὸ μεγάλης οἰκονομίας καὶ ἀναλογίας τοῦ πατρός·
toutʼ esti to sperma, eikōn kai homoiōsis theou, kai teknon autou gnēsion kai klēronomon, hōsper epi tina xeniteian entautha pempomenon hypo megalēs oikonomias kai analogias tou patros;
This is the seed, the image and likeness of God, his true child and heir, sent here as on a sojourn abroad by the Father's great plan and fitting order;
36.3Stählin 3:183
διʼ ὃ καὶ τὰ φανερὰ καὶ τὰ ἀφανῆ τοῦ κόσμου δεδημιούργηται, τὰ μὲν εἰς δουλείαν, τὰ δὲ εἰς ἄσκησιν. τὰ δὲ εἰς μάθησιν αὐτῷ. καὶ πάντα, μέχρις ἂν ἐνταῦθα τὸ σπέρμα μένῃ. συνέχεται, καὶ συναχθέντος αὐτοῦ πάντα τάχιστα λυθήσεται.
diʼ ho kai ta phanera kai ta aphanē tou kosmou dedēmiourgētai, ta men eis douleian, ta de eis askēsin. ta de eis mathēsin autǭ. kai panta, mechris an entautha to sperma menę̄. synechetai, kai synachthentos autou panta tachista lythēsetai.
for whose sake both the visible and the invisible things of the world were created, some for its service, some for its training, some for its instruction. And all things hold together as long as the seed remains here; and when it has been gathered in, all things will very quickly be dissolved.
Chapter 37
37.1Stählin 3:183–184
Τί γὰρ ἔτι δεῖ; θεῶ τὰ τῆς ἀγάπης μυστήρια, καὶ τότε ἐποπτεύσεις τὸν κόλπον τοῦ πατρός, ὃν ὁ μονογενὴς θεὸς μόνος ἐξηγήσατο. ἔστι δὲ καὶ αὐτὸς ὁ θεὸς ἀγάπη καὶ διʼ ἀγάπην ἡμῖν ἐθεάθη.
Ti gar eti dei? theō ta tēs agapēs mystēria, kai tote epopteuseis ton kolpon tou patros, hon ho monogenēs theos monos exēgēsato. esti de kai autos ho theos agapē kai diʼ agapēn hēmin etheathē.
For what more is needed? Behold the mysteries of love, and then you will gaze into the bosom of the Father, whom the only-begotten God alone has declared. God himself is love, and for love's sake he became visible to us.
37.2Stählin 3:184
καὶ τὸ μὲν ἄρρητον αὐτοῦ πατήρ. τὸ δὲ εἰς ἡμᾶς συμπαθὲς γέγονε μήτηρ. ἀγαπήσας ὁ πατὴρ ἐθηλύνθη.
kai to men arrēton autou patēr. to de eis hēmas sympathes gegone mētēr. agapēsas ho patēr ethēlynthē.
What is ineffable in him is Father; what has compassion for us has become Mother. The Father, by loving, became feminine.
37.3Stählin 3:184
καὶ τούτου μέγα σημεῖον ὃν αὐτὸς ἐγέννησεν ἐξ αὑτοῦ· καὶ ὁ τεχθεὶς ἐξ ἀγάπης καρπὸς ἀγάπη. διὰ τοῦτο καὶ αὐτὸς κατῆλθε. διὰ τοῦτο ἄνθρωπον ἐνέδυ. διὰ τοῦτο τὰ ἀνθρώπων ἑκὼν ἔπαθεν. ἵνα πρὸς τὴν ἡμετέραν ἀσθένειαν οὓς ἠγάπησε μετρηθεὶς ἡμᾶς πρὸς τὴν ἑαυτοῦ δύναμιν ἀντιμετρήσῃ.
kai toutou mega sēmeion hon autos egennēsen ex hautou; kai ho techtheis ex agapēs karpos agapē. dia touto kai autos katēlthe. dia touto anthrōpon enedy. dia touto ta anthrōpōn hekōn epathen. hina pros tēn hēmeteran astheneian hous ēgapēse metrētheis hēmas pros tēn heautou dynamin antimetrēsę̄.
And a great sign of this is the one whom he begot from himself; and the fruit born of love is love. For this he came down; for this he put on man; for this he willingly suffered what belongs to men, so that, having been measured to the weakness of us whom he loved, he might measure us in return to his own power.
37.4Stählin 3:184
καὶ μέλλων σπένδεσθαι καὶ λύτρον ἑαυτὸν ἐπιδιδοὺς καινὴν ἡμῖν διαθήκην καταλιμπάνει· »ἀγάπην ὑμῖν δίδωμι τὴν ἐμήν.« τίς δέ ἐστιν αὕτη καὶ πόση;
kai mellōn spendesthai kai lytron heauton epididous kainēn hēmin diathēkēn katalimpanei; »agapēn hymin didōmi tēn emēn.« tis de estin hautē kai posē?
And when he was about to be poured out as a libation and was giving himself as a ransom, he left us a new covenant: “I give you my love.” What is this love, and how great?
37.5Stählin 3:184
ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν ἑκάστου κατέθηκε τὴν ψυχὴν τὴν ἀνταξίαν τῶν ὅλων· ταύτην ἡμᾶς ὑπὲρ ἀλλήλων ἀνταπαιτεῖ. εἰ δὲ τὰς ψυχὰς ὀφείλομεν τοῖς ἀδελφοῖς. καὶ τοιαύτην τὴν συνθήκην πρὸς τὸν σωτῆρα ἀνθωμολογήμεθα. ἔτι τὰ τοῦ κόσμου. τὰ πτωχὰ καὶ ἀλλότρια καὶ παραρρέοντα. καθείρξομεν ταμιευόμενοι; ἀλλήλων ἀποκλείσομεν, ἃ μετὰ μικρὸν ἕξει τὸ πῦρ;
hyper hēmōn hekastou katethēke tēn psychēn tēn antaxian tōn holōn; tautēn hēmas hyper allēlōn antapaitei. ei de tas psychas opheilomen tois adelphois. kai toiautēn tēn synthēkēn pros ton sōtēra anthōmologēmetha. eti ta tou kosmou. ta ptōcha kai allotria kai pararreonta. katheirxomen tamieuomenoi? allēlōn apokleisomen, ha meta mikron hexei to pyr?
For each of us he laid down his life, which was worth the whole universe; this he demands of us in return, for one another. And if we owe our lives to the brethren, and have made such a covenant with the Savior, shall we still shut up and hoard the things of the world, which are beggarly, alien, and flowing away? Shall we shut out from one another what the fire will soon have?
37.6Stählin 3:184
θείως γε καὶ ἐπιπνόως ὁ Ἰωάννης »ὁ μὴ φιλῶν« φησὶ »τὸν ἀδελφὸν ἀνθρωποκτόνος ἐστί«, σπέρμα τοῦ Κάιν, θρέμμα τοῦ διαβόλου. θεοῦ σπλάγχνον οὐκ ἔχει, ἐλπίδα κρειττόνων οὐκ ἔχει. ἄσπορός ἐστιν, ἄγονός ἐστιν. οὐκ ἔστι κλῆμα τῆς ἀεὶ ζώσης ὑπερουρανίας ἀμπέλου, ἐκκόπτεται, τὸ πῦρ ἄθρουν ἀναμένει.
theiōs ge kai epipnoōs ho Iōannēs »ho mē philōn« phēsi »ton adelphon anthrōpoktonos esti«, sperma tou Kain, thremma tou diabolou. theou splanchnon ouk echei, elpida kreittonōn ouk echei. asporos estin, agonos estin. ouk esti klēma tēs aei zōsēs hyperouranias ampelou, ekkoptetai, to pyr athroun anamenei.
Divinely and inspiredly John says, “He who does not love his brother is a murderer”: a seed of Cain, a nursling of the devil. He has not the heart of God, he has no hope of better things. He is seedless, he is barren. He is not a branch of the ever-living supercelestial vine; he is cut off; he awaits the fire all at once.
Chapter 38
38.1Stählin 3:184
Σὺ δὲ μάθε τὴν »καθʼ ὑπερβολὴν ὁδόν«, ἣν δείκνυσι Παῦλος ἐπὶ σωτηρίαν· »ἡ ἀγάπη τὰ ἑαυτῆς οὐ ζητεῖ«, ἀλλʼ ἐπὶ τὸν ἀδελφὸν ἐκκέχυται· περὶ τοῦτον ἐπτόηται, περὶ τοῦτον σωφρόνως μαίνεται.
Sy de mathe tēn »kathʼ hyperbolēn hodon«, hēn deiknysi Paulos epi sōtērian; »hē agapē ta heautēs ou zētei«, allʼ epi ton adelphon ekkechytai; peri touton eptoētai, peri touton sōphronōs mainetai.
But you, learn the “still more excellent way” that Paul shows to salvation: “Love does not seek its own,” but is poured out on the brother; it is excited about him; about him it is sensibly mad.
38.2Stählin 3:184
»ἀγάπη καλύπτει πλῆθος ἁμαρτιῶν· ἡ τελεία ἀγάπη ἐκβάλλει τὸν φόβον· οὐ περπερεύεται, οὐ φυσιοῦται. οὐκ ἐπιχαίρει τῇ ἀδικίᾳ, συγχαίρει δὲ τῇ ἀληθείᾳ· πάντα στέγει. πάντα πιστεύει, πάντα ἐλπίζει. πάντα ὑπομένει. ἡ ἀγάπη οὐδέποτε ἐκπίπτει, προφητεῖαι καταργοῦνται. γλῶσσαι παύονται, ἰάσεις ἐπὶ γῆς καταλείπονται. μένει δὲ τὰ τρία ταῦτα, πίστις, ἐλπίς, ἀγάπη· μείζων δὲ ἐν τούτοις ἡ ἀγάπη.«
»agapē kalyptei plēthos hamartiōn; hē teleia agapē ekballei ton phobon; ou perpereuetai, ou physioutai. ouk epichairei tę̄ adikią, synchairei de tę̄ alētheią; panta stegei. panta pisteuei, panta elpizei. panta hypomenei. hē agapē oudepote ekpiptei, prophēteiai katargountai. glōssai pauontai, iaseis epi gēs kataleipontai. menei de ta tria tauta, pistis, elpis, agapē; meizōn de en toutois hē agapē.«
“Love covers a multitude of sins. Perfect love casts out fear. It does not boast, it is not puffed up; it does not rejoice in injustice but rejoices with the truth; it bears all things, believes all things, hopes all things, endures all things. Love never fails. Prophecies are abolished, tongues cease, healings are left behind on earth. But these three remain: faith, hope, love; and the greatest of these is love.”
38.3Stählin 3:184–185
καὶ δικαίως· πίστις μὲν γὰρ ἀπέρχεται, ὅταν αὐτοψίᾳ πεισθῶμεν ἰδόντες θεόν, καὶ ἐλπὶς ἀφανίζεται τῶν ἐλπισθέντων ἀποδοθέντων, ἀγάπη δὲ εἰς πλήρωμα συνέρχεται καὶ μᾶλλον αὔξεται τῶν τελείων παραδοθέντων.
kai dikaiōs; pistis men gar aperchetai, hotan autopsią peisthōmen idontes theon, kai elpis aphanizetai tōn elpisthentōn apodothentōn, agapē de eis plērōma synerchetai kai mallon auxetai tōn teleiōn paradothentōn.
And rightly: for faith passes away when we are convinced by seeing God with our own eyes, and hope vanishes when what was hoped for has been granted; but love comes together into fullness and grows the more when perfect things have been given.
38.4Stählin 3:185
ἐὰν ταύτην ἐμβάληταί τις τῇ ψυχῇ, δύναται, κἂν ἐν ἁμαρτήμασιν ᾖ γεγεννημένος, κἂν πολλὰ τῶν κεκωλυμένων εἰργασμένος, αὐξήσας τὴν ἀγάπην καὶ μετάνοιαν καθαρὰν λαβὼν ἀναμαχέσασθαι τὰ ἐπταισμένα.
ean tautēn embalētai tis tę̄ psychę̄, dynatai, kan en hamartēmasin ę̄ gegennēmenos, kan polla tōn kekōlymenōn eirgasmenos, auxēsas tēn agapēn kai metanoian katharan labōn anamachesasthai ta eptaismena.
If someone implants this in his soul, even if he was born in sins and has done many forbidden things, he can, by increasing love and taking up pure repentance, retrieve his failures.
38.5Stählin 3:185
μηδὲ γὰρ τοῦτο εἰς ἀπόγνωσίν σοι καὶ ἀπόνοιαν καταλελείφθω, εἰ καὶ τὸν πλούσιον μάθοις ὅστις ἐστὶν
mēde gar touto eis apognōsin soi kai aponoian kataleleiphthō, ei kai ton plousion mathois hostis estin
Let not this, too, be left to you as a cause of despair and hopelessness, if you have learned who the rich man is
Chapter 39
39.1Stählin 3:185
ὁ χώραν ἐν οὐρανοῖς οὐκ ἔχων καὶ τίνα τρόπον τοῖς οὖσι χρώμενος ἄν τις τό τε ἐπίρρητον τοῦ πλούτου καὶ χαλεπὸν εἰς ζωὴν διαφύγοι καὶ δύναιτο τῶν αἰωνίων [τῶν] ἀγαθῶν ἐπαύρασθαι, εἴη δὲ τετυχηκὼς ἢ διʼ ἄγνοιαν ἢ διʼ ἀσθένειαν ἢ περίστασιν ἀκούσιον μετὰ τὴν σφραγῖδα καὶ τὴν λύτρωσιν περιπετής τισιν ἁμαρτήμασιν ἢ παραπτώμασιν, ὡς ὑπενηνέχθαι τέλεον, ὅτι οὗτος κατεψήφισται παντάπασιν ὑπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ.
ho chōran en ouranois ouk echōn kai tina tropon tois ousi chrōmenos an tis to te epirrēton tou ploutou kai chalepon eis zōēn diaphygoi kai dynaito tōn aiōniōn [tōn] agathōn epaurasthai, eiē de tetychēkōs ē diʼ agnoian ē diʼ astheneian ē peristasin akousion meta tēn sphragida kai tēn lytrōsin peripetēs tisin hamartēmasin ē paraptōmasin, hōs hypenēnechthai teleon, hoti houtos katepsēphistai pantapasin hypo tou theou.
who has no place in heaven, and in what way someone using what he has might escape the reproach of wealth and its difficulty for life and be able to enjoy the eternal good things; but if he happens, through ignorance, weakness, or involuntary circumstance, after the seal and the redemption, to have fallen into some sins or transgressions, so as to have been completely carried away, let him not suppose that he has been utterly condemned by God.
39.2Stählin 3:185
παντὶ γὰρ τῷ μετʼ ἀληθείας ἐξ ὅλης τῆς καρδίας ἐπιστρέψαντι πρὸς τὸν θεὸν ἀνεῴγασιν αἱ θύραι καὶ δέχεται τρισάσμενος πατὴρ υἱὸν ἀληθῶς μετανοοῦντα· ἡ δʼ ἀληθινὴ μετάνοια τὸ μηκέτι τοῖς αὐτοῖς ἔνοχον εἶναι, ἀλλὰ ἄρδην ἐκριζῶσαι τῆς ψυχῆς ἐφʼ οἷς ἑαυτοῦ κατέγνω θάνατον ἁμαρτήμασιν· τούτων γὰρ ἀναιρεθέντων αὖθις εἰς σὲ θεὸς εἰσοικισθήσεται.
panti gar tǭ metʼ alētheias ex holēs tēs kardias epistrepsanti pros ton theon aneǭgasin hai thyrai kai dechetai trisasmenos patēr huion alēthōs metanoounta; hē dʼ alēthinē metanoia to mēketi tois autois enochon einai, alla ardēn ekrizōsai tēs psychēs ephʼ hois heautou kategnō thanaton hamartēmasin; toutōn gar anairethentōn authis eis se theos eisoikisthēsetai.
For to everyone who turns to God in truth with his whole heart the doors are open, and the thrice-glad Father receives a son who truly repents. True repentance is to be no longer liable for the same things, but to root out utterly from the soul the sins for which one condemned oneself to death; when these are removed, God will again come to dwell in you.
39.3Stählin 3:185
μεγάλην γάρ φησι καὶ ἀνυπέρβλητον εἶναι χαρὰν καὶ ἑορτὴν ἐν οὐρανοῖς τῷ πατρὶ καὶ τοῖς ἀγγέλοις ἑνὸς ἁμαρτωλοῦ ἐπιστρέψαντος καὶ μετανοήσαντος.
megalēn gar phēsi kai anyperblēton einai charan kai heortēn en ouranois tǭ patri kai tois angelois henos hamartōlou epistrepsantos kai metanoēsantos.
For he says that there is great and unsurpassable joy and festival in heaven for the Father and the angels when one sinner turns and repents.
39.4Stählin 3:185
διὸ καὶ κέκραγεν· »ἔλεον θέλω καὶ οὐ θυσίαν· οὐ βούλομαι τὸν θάνατον τοῦ ἁμαρτωλοῦ, ἀλλὰ τὴν μετάνοιαν· κἂν ὦσιν αἱ ἁμαρτίαι ὑμῶν ὡς φοινικοῦν ἔριον, ὡς χιόνα λευκανῶ, κἂν μελάντερον τοῦ σκότους, ὡς ἔριον λευκὸν ἐκνίψας ποιήσω.«
dio kai kekragen; »eleon thelō kai ou thysian; ou boulomai ton thanaton tou hamartōlou, alla tēn metanoian; kan ōsin hai hamartiai hymōn hōs phoinikoun erion, hōs chiona leukanō, kan melanteron tou skotous, hōs erion leukon eknipsas poiēsō.«
That is why he has cried out: “I desire mercy and not sacrifice. I do not desire the death of the sinner, but his repentance. Though your sins be like scarlet wool, I will make them white as snow; though they be blacker than darkness, I will wash them and make them like white wool.”
39.5Stählin 3:185–186
θεῷ γὰρ μόνῳ δυνατὸν ἄφεσιν ἁμαρτιῶν παρασχέσθαι καὶ μὴ λογίσασθαι παραπτώματα, ὅπου γε καὶ ἡμῖν παρακελεύεται τῆς ἡμέρας ἑκάστης ὁ κύριος ἀφιέναι τοῖς ἀδελφοῖς μετανοοῦσιν.
theǭ gar monǭ dynaton aphesin hamartiōn paraschesthai kai mē logisasthai paraptōmata, hopou ge kai hēmin parakeleuetai tēs hēmeras hekastēs ho kyrios aphienai tois adelphois metanoousin.
For God alone can grant forgiveness of sins and not count transgressions, while the Lord also commands us to forgive our repentant brothers every day.
39.6Stählin 3:186
εἰ δὲ ἡμεῖς πονηροὶ ὄντες ἴσμεν ἀγαθὰ δόματα διδόναι. πόσῳ μᾶλλον »ὁ πατὴρ τῶν οἰκτιρμῶν«. ὁ ἀγαθὸς πατὴρ »πάσης παρακλήσεως«. ὁ πολύσπλαγχνος καὶ πολυέλεος πέφυκε μακροθυμεῖν· τοὺς ἐπιστρέψαντας περιμένει· ἐπιστρέψαι δέ ἐστιν ὄντως ἀπὸ τῶν ἁμαρτημάτων τὸ παύσασθαι καὶ μηκέτι βλέπειν εἰς τὰ ὀπίσω.
ei de hēmeis ponēroi ontes ismen agatha domata didonai. posǭ mallon »ho patēr tōn oiktirmōn«. ho agathos patēr »pasēs paraklēseōs«. ho polysplanchnos kai polyeleos pephyke makrothymein; tous epistrepsantas perimenei; epistrepsai de estin ontōs apo tōn hamartēmatōn to pausasthai kai mēketi blepein eis ta opisō.
And if we, being evil, know how to give good gifts, how much more “the Father of mercies,” the good Father “of all comfort,” who is very compassionate and very merciful, by nature is patient and waits for those who turn back. And to turn back is truly to cease from sins and no longer look behind.
Chapter 40
40.1Stählin 3:186
Τῶν μὲν οὖν προγεγενημένων θεὸς δίδωσιν ἄφεσιν. τῶν δὲ ἐπιόντων αὐτὸς ἕκαστος ἑαυτῷ. καὶ τοῦτʼ ἔστι μεταγνῶναι τὸ καταγνῶναι τῶν παρῳχημένων καὶ αἰτήσασθαι τούτων ἀμνηστίαν παρὰ πατρός, ὃς μόνος τῶν ἁπάντων οἷός τέ ἐστιν ἄπρακτα ποιῆσαι τὰ πεπραγμένα ἐλέῳ τῷ παρʼ αὑτοῦ καὶ δρόσῳ πνεύματος ἀπαλείψας τὰ προημαρτημένα.
Tōn men oun progegenēmenōn theos didōsin aphesin. tōn de epiontōn autos hekastos heautǭ. kai toutʼ esti metagnōnai to katagnōnai tōn parǭchēmenōn kai aitēsasthai toutōn amnēstian para patros, hos monos tōn hapantōn hoios te estin aprakta poiēsai ta pepragmena eleǭ tǭ parʼ hautou kai drosǭ pneumatos apaleipsas ta proēmartēmena.
For past sins, then, God gives forgiveness; for those to come, each person to himself. And this is repentance: to condemn one's past deeds and to ask the Father to forget them, who alone of all is able to undo what has been done, by the mercy that comes from him, and to wipe out former sins by the dew of the Spirit.
40.2Stählin 3:186
»ἐφʼ οἷς γὰρ ἂν εὕρω ὑμᾶς«, φησίν, »ἐπὶ τούτοις καὶ κρινῶ·«
»ephʼ hois gar an heurō hymas«, phēsin, »epi toutois kai krinō;«
“For in whatever I find you,” he says, “in that I will also judge you.”
40.3Stählin 3:186
καὶ παρʼ ἕκαστα βοᾷ τὸ τέλος πάντων· ὥστε καὶ τῷ τὰ μέγιστα εὖ πεποιηκότι κατὰ τὸν βίον, ἐπὶ δὲ τοῦ τέλους ἐξοκείλαντι πρὸς κακίαν, ἀνόνητοι πάντες οἱ πρόσθεν πόνοι, ἐπὶ τῆς καταστροφῆς τοῦ δράματος ἐξάθλῳ γενομένῳ, τῷ τε χεῖρον καὶ ἐπισεσυρμένως βιώσαντι πρότερον ἔστιν ὕστερον μετανοήσαντι πολλοῦ χρόνου πολιτείαν πονηρὰν ἐκνικῆσαι τῷ μετὰ τὴν μετάνοιαν χρόνῳ·
kai parʼ hekasta boą to telos pantōn; hōste kai tǭ ta megista eu pepoiēkoti kata ton bion, epi de tou telous exokeilanti pros kakian, anonētoi pantes hoi prosthen ponoi, epi tēs katastrophēs tou dramatos exathlǭ genomenǭ, tǭ te cheiron kai episesyrmenōs biōsanti proteron estin hysteron metanoēsanti pollou chronou politeian ponēran eknikēsai tǭ meta tēn metanoian chronǭ;
And at every point the end of all things cries out: so that for one who has done the greatest good in his life, but at the end has run aground on vice, all his previous labors are useless, since at the catastrophe of the drama he has been put out of the contest; while one who lived worse and carelessly before can, repenting later, overcome a long evil way of life by the time after repentance.
40.4Stählin 3:186
ἀκριβείας δὲ δεῖ πολλῆς, ὥσπερ τοῖς μακρᾷ νόσῳ πεπονηκόσι σώμασι διαίτης χρεία καὶ προσοχῆς πλείονος.
akribeias de dei pollēs, hōsper tois makrą nosǭ peponēkosi sōmasi diaitēs chreia kai prosochēs pleionos.
But much care is needed, just as bodies worn out by long illness need a diet and more attention.
40.5Stählin 3:186–187
ὁ κλέπτης, ἄφεσιν βούλει λαβεῖν; μηκέτι κλέπτε· ὁ μοιχεύσας, μηκέτι πυρούσθω· ὁ πορνεύσας, λοιπὸν ἁγνευέτω· ὁ ἁρπάσας, ἀποδίδου καὶ προσαποδίδου· ὁ ψευδομάρτυς. ἀλήθειαν ἄσκησον· ὁ ἐπίορκος, μηκέτι ὄμνυε· καὶ τὰ ἄλλα πάθη σύντεμε, ὀργήν, ἐπιθυμίαν, λύπην. φόβον, ἵνα εὑρεθῇς ἐπὶ τῆς ἐξόδου πρὸς τὸν ἀντίδικον ἐνταῦθα διαλελύσθαι φθάνων.
ho kleptēs, aphesin boulei labein? mēketi klepte; ho moicheusas, mēketi pyrousthō; ho porneusas, loipon hagneuetō; ho harpasas, apodidou kai prosapodidou; ho pseudomartys. alētheian askēson; ho epiorkos, mēketi omnye; kai ta alla pathē synteme, orgēn, epithymian, lypēn. phobon, hina heurethę̄s epi tēs exodou pros ton antidikon entautha dialelysthai phthanōn.
Thief, do you want to receive forgiveness? Steal no more. Adulterer, burn no longer. Fornicator, from now on be chaste. Robber, give back, and give back more. False witness, practice truth. Perjurer, swear no more. And cut short the other passions: anger, desire, grief, fear; so that at your departure you may be found to have already been reconciled here with your adversary.
40.6Stählin 3:187
ἔστιν μὲν οὖν ἀδύνατον ἴσως ἀθρόως ἀποκόψαι πάθη σύντροφα, ἀλλὰ μετὰ θεοῦ δυνάμεως καὶ ἀνθρωπείας ἱκεσίας καὶ ἀδελφῶν βοηθείας καὶ εἰλικρινοῦς μετανοίας καὶ συνεχοῦς μελέτης κατορθοῦται.
estin men oun adynaton isōs athroōs apokopsai pathē syntropha, alla meta theou dynameōs kai anthrōpeias hikesias kai adelphōn boētheias kai eilikrinous metanoias kai synechous meletēs katorthoutai.
It is perhaps impossible to cut off all at once passions that have grown up with us; but with God's power, human supplication, the help of the brethren, sincere repentance, and constant practice, it is achieved.
Chapter 41
41.1Stählin 3:187
Διὸ δεῖ πάντως σε τὸν σοβαρὸν καὶ δυνατὸν καὶ πλούσιον ἐπιστήσασθαι ἑαυτῷ τινα ἄνθρωπον θεοῦ καθάπερ ἀλείπτην καὶ κυβερνήτην. αἰδοῦ κἂν ἕνα, φοβοῦ κἂν ἕνα, μελέτησον ἀκούειν κἂν ἑνὸς παρρησιαζομένου καὶ στύφοντος ἅμα καὶ θεραπεύοντος.
Dio dei pantōs se ton sobaron kai dynaton kai plousion epistēsasthai heautǭ tina anthrōpon theou kathaper aleiptēn kai kybernētēn. aidou kan hena, phobou kan hena, meletēson akouein kan henos parrēsiazomenou kai styphontos hama kai therapeuontos.
That is why you, who are proud, powerful, and rich, must by all means set over yourself some man of God as a trainer and helmsman. Respect even one, fear even one, practice listening to even one who speaks boldly, who is both severe and healing.
41.2Stählin 3:187
οὐδὲ γὰρ τοῖς ὀφθαλμοῖς συμφέρει τὸν ἀεὶ χρόνον ἀκολάστοις μένειν, ἀλλὰ καὶ δακρῦσαι καὶ δηχθῆναί ποτε ὑπὲρ τῆς ὑγείας τῆς πλείονος.
oude gar tois ophthalmois sympherei ton aei chronon akolastois menein, alla kai dakrysai kai dēchthēnai pote hyper tēs hygeias tēs pleionos.
For it does not benefit the eyes to remain unchecked all the time; they must sometimes weep and smart for the sake of better health.
41.3Stählin 3:187
οὕτω καὶ ψυχῇ διηνεκοῦς ἡδονῆς οὐδὲν ὀλεθριώτερον· ἀποτυφλοῦται γὰρ ἀπὸ τῆς τήξεως, ἐὰν ἀκίνητος τῷ παρρησιαζομένῳ διαμείνῃ λόγῳ.
houtō kai psychę̄ diēnekous hēdonēs ouden olethriōteron; apotyphloutai gar apo tēs tēxeōs, ean akinētos tǭ parrēsiazomenǭ diameinę̄ logǭ.
So too nothing is more ruinous to the soul than continual pleasure; for it is blinded by the melting, if it remains unmoved by the word that speaks boldly.
41.4Stählin 3:187
τοῦτον καὶ ὀργισθέντα φοβήθητι, καὶ στενάξαντα † λυπήθητι, καὶ ὀργὴν παύοντα αἰδέσθητι, καὶ κόλασιν παραιτούμενον φθάσον.
touton kai orgisthenta phobēthēti, kai stenaxanta † lypēthēti, kai orgēn pauonta aidesthēti, kai kolasin paraitoumenon phthason.
Fear this man when he is angry; be grieved when he groans; respect him when he ceases from anger; and anticipate him when he pleads for your punishment to be averted.
41.5Stählin 3:187
οὗτος ὑπὲρ σοῦ πολλὰς νύκτας ἀγρυπνησάτω, πρεσβεύων ὑπὲρ σοῦ πρὸς θεὸν καὶ λιτανείαις συνήθεσι μαγεύων τὸν πατέρα· οὐ γὰρ ἀντέχει τοῖς τέκνοις αὐτοῦ τὰ σπλάγχνα δεομένοις.
houtos hyper sou pollas nyktas agrypnēsatō, presbeuōn hyper sou pros theon kai litaneiais synēthesi mageuōn ton patera; ou gar antechei tois teknois autou ta splanchna deomenois.
Let him spend many sleepless nights for you, interceding for you with God and charming the Father with familiar litanies; for he does not hold out his heart against his children when they plead.
41.6Stählin 3:187
δεήσεται δὲ καθαρῶς ὑπὸ σοῦ προτιμώμενος ὡς ἄγγελος τοῦ θεοῦ καὶ μηδὲν ὑπὸ σοῦ λυπούμενος, ἀλλʼ ὑπὲρ σοῦ. τοῦτό ἐστι μετάνοια ἀνυπόκριτος.
deēsetai de katharōs hypo sou protimōmenos hōs angelos tou theou kai mēden hypo sou lypoumenos, allʼ hyper sou. touto esti metanoia anypokritos.
And he will plead purely if he is honored by you above others as an angel of God, and is grieved not at all by you, but for you. This is repentance without hypocrisy.
41.7Stählin 3:187
»θεὸς οὐ μυκτηρίζεται« οὐδὲ προσέχει κενοῖς ῥήμασι· μόνος γὰρ ἀνακρίνει μυελοὺς καὶ νεφροὺς καρδίας καὶ τῶν ἐν πυρὶ κατακούει καὶ τῶν ἐν κοιλίᾳ κήτους ἱκετευόντων ἐξακούει καὶ πᾶσιν ἐγγύς ἐστι τοῖς πιστεύουσι καὶ πόρρω τοῖς ἀθέοις, ἂν μὴ μετανοήσωσιν.
»theos ou myktērizetai« oude prosechei kenois rhēmasi; monos gar anakrinei myelous kai nephrous kardias kai tōn en pyri katakouei kai tōn en koilią kētous hiketeuontōn exakouei kai pasin engys esti tois pisteuousi kai porrō tois atheois, an mē metanoēsōsin.
“God is not mocked,” nor does he pay attention to empty words; for he alone examines the marrow and reins of the heart, and hears those in the fire, and listens to those praying in the belly of the whale, and is near to all who believe and far from the godless, unless they repent.
Chapter 42
42.1Stählin 3:187–188
Ἵνα δὲ ἐπιθαρρήσῃς, οὕτω μετανοήσας ἀληθῶς, ὅτι σοὶ μένει σωτηρίας ἐλπὶς ἀξιόχρεως, ἄκουσον μῦθον οὐ μῦθον, ἀλλὰ ὄντα λόγον περὶ Ἰωάννου τοῦ ἀποστόλου παραδεδομένον καὶ μνήμῃ πεφυλαγμένον.
Hina de epitharrēsę̄s, houtō metanoēsas alēthōs, hoti soi menei sōtērias elpis axiochreōs, akouson mython ou mython, alla onta logon peri Iōannou tou apostolou paradedomenon kai mnēmę̄ pephylagmenon.
And so that you may take courage, if you repent truly in this way, that a worthy hope of salvation remains for you, hear a story that is no story but a true account, handed down and preserved in memory, about John the apostle.
42.2Stählin 3:188
ἐπειδὴ γὰρ τοῦ τυράννου τελευτήσαντος ἀπὸ τῆς Πάτμου τῆς νήσου μετῆλθεν ἐπὶ τὴν Ἔφεσον. ἀπῄει παρακαλούμενος καὶ ἐπὶ τὰ πλησιόχωρα τῶν ἐθνῶν, ὅπου μὲν ἐπισκόπους καταστήσων. ὅπου δὲ ὅλας ἐκκλησίας ἁρμόσων, ὅπου δὲ κλῆρον ἕνα γέ τινα κληρώσων τῶν ὑπὸ τοῦ πνεύματος σημαινομένων.
epeidē gar tou tyrannou teleutēsantos apo tēs Patmou tēs nēsou metēlthen epi tēn Epheson. apę̄ei parakaloumenos kai epi ta plēsiochōra tōn ethnōn, hopou men episkopous katastēsōn. hopou de holas ekklēsias harmosōn, hopou de klēron hena ge tina klērōsōn tōn hypo tou pneumatos sēmainomenōn.
When, after the tyrant's death, he moved from the island of Patmos to Ephesus, he used to go, when invited, to the neighboring regions of the Gentiles, in some places to appoint bishops, in others to set whole churches in order, in others to choose by lot to the clergy some one of those indicated by the Spirit.
42.3Stählin 3:188
ἐλθὼν οὖν καὶ ἐπί τινα τῶν οὐ μακρὰν πόλεων, ἧς καὶ τοὔνομα λέγουσιν ἔνιοι, καὶ τὰ ἄλλα ἀναπαύσας τοὺς ἀδελφούς, ἐπὶ πᾶσι τῷ καθεστῶτι προσβλέψας ἐπισκόπῳ. νεανίσκον ἱκανὸν τῷ σώματι καὶ τὴν ὄψιν ἀστεῖον καὶ θερμὸν τὴν ψυχὴν ἰδών, »τοῦτον« ἔφη »σοὶ παρακατατίθεμαι μετὰ πάσης σπουδῆς ἐπὶ τῆς ἐκκλησίας καὶ τοῦ Χριστοῦ μάρτυρος«. τοῦ δὲ δεχομένου καὶ πάνθʼ ὑπισχνουμένου καὶ πάλιν τὰ αὐτὰ διετείνατο καὶ διεμαρτύρατο.
elthōn oun kai epi tina tōn ou makran poleōn, hēs kai tounoma legousin enioi, kai ta alla anapausas tous adelphous, epi pasi tǭ kathestōti prosblepsas episkopǭ. neaniskon hikanon tǭ sōmati kai tēn opsin asteion kai thermon tēn psychēn idōn, »touton« ephē »soi parakatatithemai meta pasēs spoudēs epi tēs ekklēsias kai tou Christou martyros«. tou de dechomenou kai panthʼ hypischnoumenou kai palin ta auta dieteinato kai diemartyrato.
Coming then to one of the cities not far off, whose name some people even give, and having comforted the brethren in other matters, he finally looked at the bishop who had been appointed and, seeing a young man strong in body, handsome in appearance, and ardent in soul, said, “This one I entrust to you with all earnestness, with the church and Christ as witness.” When the bishop accepted him and promised everything, John again gave the same charge and called on witnesses.
42.4Stählin 3:188
εἶτα ὃ μὲν ἀπῆρεν ἐπὶ τὴν Ἔφεσον, ὁ δὲ πρεσβύτερος ἀναλαβὼν οἴκαδε τὸν παραδοθέντα νεανίσκον ἔτρεφε, συνεῖχεν. ἔθαλπε, τὸ τελευταῖον ἐφώτισε· καὶ μετὰ τοῦτο ὑφῆκε τῆς πλείονος ἐπιμελείας καὶ παραφυλακῆς, ὡς τὸ τέλειον αὐτῷ φυλακτήριον ἐπιστήσας, τὴν σφραγῖδα τοῦ κυρίου.
eita ho men apēren epi tēn Epheson, ho de presbyteros analabōn oikade ton paradothenta neaniskon etrephe, syneichen. ethalpe, to teleutaion ephōtise; kai meta touto hyphēke tēs pleionos epimeleias kai paraphylakēs, hōs to teleion autǭ phylaktērion epistēsas, tēn sphragida tou kyriou.
Then he set off for Ephesus, and the presbyter took home the young man entrusted to him, reared him, kept him close, cherished him, and finally baptized him. After this he relaxed his greater care and guardianship, as though he had set over him the perfect safeguard, the seal of the Lord.
42.5Stählin 3:188–189
τῷ δὲ ἀνέσεως πρὸ ὥρας λαβομένῳ προσφθείρονταί τινες ἥλικες ἀργοὶ καὶ ἀπερρωγότες, ἐθάδες κακῶν· καὶ πρῶτον μὲν διʼ ἑστιάσεων πολυτελῶν αὐτὸν ὑπάγονται. εἶτά που καὶ νύκτωρ ἐπὶ λωποδυσίαν ἐξιόντες συνεπάγονται, εἶτά τι καὶ μεῖζον συμπράττειν ἠξίουν.
tǭ de aneseōs pro hōras labomenǭ prosphtheirontai tines hēlikes argoi kai aperrōgotes, ethades kakōn; kai prōton men diʼ hestiaseōn polytelōn auton hypagontai. eita pou kai nyktōr epi lōpodysian exiontes synepagontai, eita ti kai meizon symprattein ēxioun.
But, as he had gained freedom too early, some idle, dissolute young men of his age, accustomed to evil, corrupted him. First they drew him on with expensive banquets; then they took him along when they went out at night to rob; then they thought fit to have him join in something greater.
42.6Stählin 3:189
ὃ δὲ κατʼ ὀλίγον προσειθίζετο καὶ διὰ μέγεθος φύσεως ἐκστὰς ὥσπερ ἄστομος καὶ εὔρωστος ἵππος ὀρθῆς ὁδοῦ καὶ τὸν χαλινὸν ἐνδακὼν μειζόνως κατὰ τῶν βαράθρων ἐφέρετο.
ho de katʼ oligon proseithizeto kai dia megethos physeōs ekstas hōsper astomos kai eurōstos hippos orthēs hodou kai ton chalinon endakōn meizonōs kata tōn barathrōn ephereto.
And he gradually grew used to it, and through the greatness of his nature, bolting from the right road like an unbridled and powerful horse, and biting the bit, he rushed all the more headlong toward the pits.
42.7Stählin 3:189
ἀπογνοὺς δὲ τελέως τὴν ἐν θεῷ σωτηρίαν οὐδὲν ἔτι μικρὸν διενοεῖτο, ἀλλὰ μέγα τι πράξας, ἐπειδήπερ ἅπαξ ἀπολώλει, ἴσα τοῖς ἄλλοις παθεῖν ἠξίου. αὐτοὺς δὴ τούτους ἀναλαβὼν καὶ λῃστήριον συγκροτήσας, ἕτοιμος λῄσταρχος ἦν, βιαιότατος, μιαιφονώτατος, χαλεπώτατος. χρόνος ἐν μέσῳ, καί τινος ἐπιπεσούσης χρείας ἀνακαλοῦσι τὸν Ἰωάννην.
apognous de teleōs tēn en theǭ sōtērian ouden eti mikron dienoeito, alla mega ti praxas, epeidēper hapax apolōlei, isa tois allois pathein ēxiou. autous dē toutous analabōn kai lę̄stērion synkrotēsas, hetoimos lę̄starchos ēn, biaiotatos, miaiphonōtatos, chalepōtatos. chronos en mesǭ, kai tinos epipesousēs chreias anakalousi ton Iōannēn.
Having completely despaired of salvation in God, he no longer planned anything small, but, doing something great, since he was lost once for all, he thought fit to suffer the same as the others. Taking these very men and forming a band of robbers, he became a ready robber chief, most violent, most bloodthirsty, most cruel. Time passed, and some need arose, and they summoned John again.
42.8Stählin 3:189
ὃ δέ, ἐπεὶ τὰ ἄλλα ὧν χάριν ἧκεν κατεστήσατο, »ἄγε δή«, ἔφη. »ὦ ἐπίσκοπε, τὴν παραθήκην ἀπόδος ἡμῖν, ἣν ἐγώ τε καὶ ὁ Χριστός σοι παρακατεθέμεθα ἐπὶ τῆς ἐκκλησίας, ἧς προκαθέζῃ. μάρτυρος.« ὃ δὲ τὸ μὲν πρῶτον ἐξεπλάγη, χρήματα οἰόμενος.
ho de, epei ta alla hōn charin hēken katestēsato, »age dē«, ephē. »ō episkope, tēn parathēkēn apodos hēmin, hēn egō te kai ho Christos soi parakatethemetha epi tēs ekklēsias, hēs prokathezę̄. martyros.« ho de to men prōton exeplagē, chrēmata oiomenos.
When he had settled the other matters for which he had come, he said, “Come now, bishop, return to us the deposit that Christ and I entrusted to you, with the church over which you preside as witness.” At first the bishop was astonished, thinking he was being falsely accused about money
42.9Stählin 3:189
ἅπερ οὐκ ἔλαβε, συκοφαντεῖσθαι, καὶ οὔτε πιστεύειν εἶχεν ὑπὲρ ὧν οὐκ εἶχεν οὔτε ἀπιστεῖν Ἰωάννῃ· ὡς δὲ »τὸν νεανίσκον« εἶπεν »ἀπαιτῶ καὶ τὴν ψυχὴν τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ«, στενάξας κάτωθεν ὁ πρεσβύτης καί τι καὶ ἐπιδακρύσας, »ἐκεῖνος« ἔφη »τέθνηκε«. »πῶς καὶ τίνα θάνατον;« »θεῷ τέθνηκεν« εἶπεν· »ἀπέβη γὰρ πονηρὸς καὶ ἐξώλης καί, τὸ κεφάλαιον. λῃστής, καὶ νῦν ἀντὶ τῆς ἐκκλησίας τὸ ὄρος κατείληφε μεθʼ ὁμοίου στρατιωτικοῦ.«
haper ouk elabe, sykophanteisthai, kai oute pisteuein eichen hyper hōn ouk eichen oute apistein Iōannę̄; hōs de »ton neaniskon« eipen »apaitō kai tēn psychēn tou adelphou«, stenaxas katōthen ho presbytēs kai ti kai epidakrysas, »ekeinos« ephē »tethnēke«. »pōs kai tina thanaton?« »theǭ tethnēken« eipen; »apebē gar ponēros kai exōlēs kai, to kephalaion. lę̄stēs, kai nyn anti tēs ekklēsias to oros kateilēphe methʼ homoiou stratiōtikou.«
he had not received, and he could neither believe about what he did not have nor disbelieve John. But when John said, “I demand the young man and the soul of the brother,” the old man groaned deeply, and even shed tears, and said, “He is dead.” “How, and by what death?” “He is dead to God,” he said; “for he turned out wicked and depraved and, to sum up, a robber; and now, instead of the church, he has taken to the mountain with a troop like himself.”
42.10Stählin 3:189
καταρρηξάμενος τὴν ἐσθῆτα ὁ ἀπόστολος καὶ μετὰ μεγάλης οἰμωγῆς πληξάμενος τὴν κεφαλήν. »καλόν γε« ἔφη »φύλακα τῆς τἀδελφοῦ ψυχῆς κατέλιπον· ἀλλʼ ἵππος ἤδη μοι παρέστω καὶ ἡγεμὼν γενέσθω μοί τις τῆς ὁδοῦ.« ἤλαυνεν, ὥσπερ εἶχεν, αὐτόθεν ἀπὸ τῆς ἐκκλησίας.
katarrēxamenos tēn esthēta ho apostolos kai meta megalēs oimōgēs plēxamenos tēn kephalēn. »kalon ge« ephē »phylaka tēs tadelphou psychēs katelipon; allʼ hippos ēdē moi parestō kai hēgemōn genesthō moi tis tēs hodou.« ēlaunen, hōsper eichen, autothen apo tēs ekklēsias.
The apostle tore his clothes and, beating his head with great lamentation, said, “A fine guardian of the brother's soul I left! But let a horse be brought to me now, and let someone guide me on the way.” He rode off, just as he was, straight from the church.
42.11Stählin 3:189
ἐλθὼν δὲ εἰς τὸ χωρίον ὑπὸ τῆς προφυλακῆς τῶν λῃστῶν ἁλίσκεται, μήτε φεύγων μήτε παραιτούμενος.
elthōn de eis to chōrion hypo tēs prophylakēs tōn lę̄stōn halisketai, mēte pheugōn mēte paraitoumenos.
Coming to the place, he was taken by the robbers' outpost, neither fleeing nor begging off,
42.12Stählin 3:189–190
ἀλλὰ βοῶν· »ἐπὶ τοῦτʼ ἐλήλυθα, ἐπὶ τὸν ἄρχοντα ὑμῶν ἀγάγετέ με.« ὃς τέως, ὥσπερ ὥπλιστο, ἀνέμενεν· ὡς δὲ προσιόντα ἐγνώρισε τὸν Ἰωάννην, εἰς φυγὴν αἰδεσθεὶς ἐτράπετο.
alla boōn; »epi toutʼ elēlytha, epi ton archonta hymōn agagete me.« hos teōs, hōsper hōplisto, anemenen; hōs de prosionta egnōrise ton Iōannēn, eis phygēn aidestheis etrapeto.
but crying out, “This is what I have come for; take me to your leader.” The leader meanwhile waited, armed as he was; but when he recognized John approaching, he turned to flight, ashamed.
42.13Stählin 3:190
ὃ δὲ ἐδίωκεν ἀνὰ κράτος, ἐπιλαθόμενος τῆς ἡλικίας τῆς ἑαυτοῦ, κεκραγώς· »τί με φεύγεις, τέκνον, τὸν σαυτοῦ πατέρα, τὸν γυμνόν, τὸν γέροντα; ἐλέησόν με. τέκνον, μὴ φοβοῦ· ἔχεις ἔτι ζωῆς ἐλπίδας· ἐγὼ Χριστῷ λόγον δώσω ὑπὲρ σοῦ· ἂν δέῃ, τὸν σὸν θάνατον ἑκὼν ὑπομενῶ, ὡς ὁ κύριος τὸν ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν· ὑπὲρ σοῦ τὴν ψυχὴν ἀντιδώσω τὴν ἐμήν. στῆθι, πίστευσον· Χριστός με ἀπέστειλεν.«
ho de ediōken ana kratos, epilathomenos tēs hēlikias tēs heautou, kekragōs; »ti me pheugeis, teknon, ton sautou patera, ton gymnon, ton geronta? eleēson me. teknon, mē phobou; echeis eti zōēs elpidas; egō Christǭ logon dōsō hyper sou; an deę̄, ton son thanaton hekōn hypomenō, hōs ho kyrios ton hyper hēmōn; hyper sou tēn psychēn antidōsō tēn emēn. stēthi, pisteuson; Christos me apesteilen.«
But John pursued him with all his might, forgetting his age, and crying out, “Why do you flee from me, child, your own father, unarmed and old? Have pity on me, child; do not be afraid. You still have hope of life. I will give account to Christ for you. If need be, I will willingly endure your death, as the Lord did for us. For you I will give my own life in exchange. Stand, believe; Christ has sent me.”
42.14Stählin 3:190
ὃ δὲ ἀκούσας πρῶτον ἔστη μὲν κάτω βλέπων. εἶτα ἔρριψε τὰ ὅπλα, εἶτα τρέμων ἔκλαιε πικρῶς· προσελθόντα δὲ τὸν γέροντα περιέλαβεν, ἀπολογούμενος ταῖς οἰμωγαῖς ὡς ἐδύνατο καὶ τοῖς δάκρυσι βαπτιζόμενος ἐκ δευτέρου. μόνην ἀποκρύπτων τὴν δεξιάν.
ho de akousas prōton estē men katō blepōn. eita erripse ta hopla, eita tremōn eklaie pikrōs; proselthonta de ton geronta perielaben, apologoumenos tais oimōgais hōs edynato kai tois dakrysi baptizomenos ek deuterou. monēn apokryptōn tēn dexian.
When he heard this, he first stood still, looking down; then he threw away his weapons; then, trembling, he wept bitterly. When the old man came up, he embraced him, pleading his defense with laments as best he could, and baptized a second time with his tears, hiding only his right hand.
42.15Stählin 3:190
ὃ δὲ ἐγγυώμενος, ἐπομνύμενος ὡς ἄφεσιν αὐτῷ παρὰ τοῦ σωτῆρος εὕρηται, δεόμενος, γονυπετῶν, αὐτὴν τὴν δεξιὰν ὡς ὑπὸ τῆς μετανοίας κεκαθαρμένην καταφιλῶν, ἐπὶ τὴν ἐκκλησίαν ἐπανήγαγε, καὶ δαψιλέσι μὲν εὐχαῖς ἐξαιτούμενος, συνεχέσι δὲ νηστείαις συναγωνιζόμενος, ποικίλαις δὲ σειρῆσι λόγων κατεπᾴδων αὐτοῦ τὴν γνώμην, οὐ πρότερον ἀπῆλθεν, ὥς φασι, πρὶν αὐτὸν ἐπιστῆσαι τῇ ἐκκλησίᾳ, διδοὺς μέγα παράδειγμα μετανοίας ἀληθινῆς καὶ μέγα γνώρισμα παλιγγενεσίας, τρόπαιον ἀναστάσεως βλεπομένης.
ho de engyōmenos, epomnymenos hōs aphesin autǭ para tou sōtēros heurētai, deomenos, gonypetōn, autēn tēn dexian hōs hypo tēs metanoias kekatharmenēn kataphilōn, epi tēn ekklēsian epanēgage, kai dapsilesi men euchais exaitoumenos, synechesi de nēsteiais synagōnizomenos, poikilais de seirēsi logōn katepądōn autou tēn gnōmēn, ou proteron apēlthen, hōs phasi, prin auton epistēsai tę̄ ekklēsią, didous mega paradeigma metanoias alēthinēs kai mega gnōrisma palingenesias, tropaion anastaseōs blepomenēs.
But John, pledging and swearing that he had found forgiveness for him from the Savior, begging, kneeling, kissing that very right hand as though cleansed by repentance, brought him back to the church. Interceding for him with abundant prayers, struggling with him in continual fasts, and charming his mind with varied spells of words, he did not leave, they say, until he had restored him to the church, giving a great example of true repentance and a great token of regeneration, a trophy of a visible resurrection.
42.16Stählin 3:190
* * * φαιδροῖς γεγηθότες, ὑμνοῦντες, ἀνοιγνύντες τοὺς οὐρανούς. πρὸ δὲ πάντων αὐτὸς ὁ σωτὴρ προαπαντᾷ δεξιούμενος, φῶς ὀρέγων ἄσκιον, ἄπαυστον, ὁδηγῶν εἰς τοὺς κόλπους τοῦ πατρός, εἰς τὴν αἰώνιον ζωήν, εἰς τὴν βασιλείαν τῶν οὐρανῶν.
* * * phaidrois gegēthotes, hymnountes, anoignyntes tous ouranous. pro de pantōn autos ho sōtēr proapantą dexioumenos, phōs oregōn askion, apauston, hodēgōn eis tous kolpous tou patros, eis tēn aiōnion zōēn, eis tēn basileian tōn ouranōn.
… rejoicing with radiant [faces], singing hymns, opening the heavens. And before all the Savior himself comes to meet him, welcoming him, holding out a light without shadow and unceasing, leading him into the bosom of the Father, into eternal life, into the kingdom of heaven.
42.17Stählin 3:190
πιστευέτω ταῦτά τις καὶ θεοῦ μαθηταῖς καὶ ἐγγυητῇ θεῷ, προφητείαις, εὐαγγελίοις, λόγοις ἀποστολικοῖς· τούτοις συζῶν καὶ τὰ ὦτα ὑπέχων καὶ τὰ ἔργα ἀσκῶν ἐπʼ αὐτῆς τῆς ἐξόδου τὸ τέλος καὶ τὴν ἐπίδειξιν τῶν δογμάτων ὄψεται.
pisteuetō tauta tis kai theou mathētais kai engyētę̄ theǭ, prophēteiais, euangeliois, logois apostolikois; toutois syzōn kai ta ōta hypechōn kai ta erga askōn epʼ autēs tēs exodou to telos kai tēn epideixin tōn dogmatōn opsetai.
Let someone believe these things, both God's disciples and God who is their guarantor: prophecies, Gospels, apostolic words. Living with these, lending them his ears, and practicing the works, he will see at his very departure the end and proof of the doctrines.
42.18Stählin 3:190–191
ὁ γὰρ ἐνταῦθα τὸν ἄγγελον τῆς μετανοίας προσιέμενος οὐ μετανοήσει τότε, ἡνίκα ἂν καταλίπῃ τὸ σῶμα, οὐδὲ καταισχυνθήσεται, τὸν σωτῆρα προσιόντα μετὰ τῆς αὑτοῦ δόξης καὶ στρατιᾶς ἰδών· οὐ δέδιε τὸ πῦρ· εἰ δέ τις αἱρεῖται μένειν ἐπεξαμαρτάνων ἑκάστοτε ἐπὶ ταῖς ἡδοναῖς καὶ τὴν ἐνταῦθα τρυφὴν τῆς αἰωνίου ζωῆς προτιμᾷ καὶ διδόντος τοῦ σωτῆρος ἄφεσιν ἀποστρέφεται, μήτε τὸν θεὸν ἔτι μήτε τὸν πλοῦτον μήτε τὸ προπεσεῖν αἰτιάσθω, τὴν δὲ ἑαυτοῦ ψυχὴν ἑκουσίως ἀπολουμένην.
ho gar entautha ton angelon tēs metanoias prosiemenos ou metanoēsei tote, hēnika an katalipę̄ to sōma, oude kataischynthēsetai, ton sōtēra prosionta meta tēs hautou doxēs kai stratias idōn; ou dedie to pyr; ei de tis haireitai menein epexamartanōn hekastote epi tais hēdonais kai tēn entautha tryphēn tēs aiōniou zōēs protimą kai didontos tou sōtēros aphesin apostrephetai, mēte ton theon eti mēte ton plouton mēte to propesein aitiasthō, tēn de heautou psychēn hekousiōs apoloumenēn.
For whoever welcomes the angel of repentance here will not repent then, when he leaves the body, nor will he be ashamed when he sees the Savior coming with his glory and his army; he does not fear the fire. But if someone chooses to remain, sinning again and again for pleasures, and prefers luxury here to eternal life, and turns away when the Savior offers forgiveness, let him no longer blame God, or wealth, or his fall, but his own soul, perishing willingly.
42.19Stählin 3:191
τῷ δὲ ἐπιβλέποντι τὴν σωτηρίαν καὶ ποθοῦντι καὶ μετὰ ἀναιδείας καὶ βίας αἰτοῦντι παρέξει τὴν ἀληθινὴν κάθαρσιν καὶ τὴν ἄτρεπτον ζωὴν ὁ πατὴρ ὁ ἀγαθὸς ὁ ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς.
tǭ de epibleponti tēn sōtērian kai pothounti kai meta anaideias kai bias aitounti parexei tēn alēthinēn katharsin kai tēn atrepton zōēn ho patēr ho agathos ho en tois ouranois.
But to the one who looks to salvation, longs for it, and asks for it with persistence and force, the good Father who is in heaven will grant the true cleansing and the unchanging life.
42.20Stählin 3:191
ᾧ διὰ τοῦ παιδὸς Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ, τοῦ κυρίου ζώντων καὶ νεκρῶν, καὶ διὰ τοῦ ἁγίου πνεύματος εἴη δόξα, τιμή, κράτος, αἰώνιος μεγαλειότης καὶ νῦν καὶ εἰς γενεὰς γενεῶν καὶ εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων. ἀμήν.
hǭ dia tou paidos Iēsou Christou, tou kyriou zōntōn kai nekrōn, kai dia tou hagiou pneumatos eiē doxa, timē, kratos, aiōnios megaleiotēs kai nyn kai eis geneas geneōn kai eis tous aiōnas tōn aiōnōn. amēn.
To him, through his Child Jesus Christ, the Lord of the living and the dead, and through the Holy Spirit, be glory, honor, power, and eternal majesty, both now and to generations of generations and to the ages of ages. Amen.